CN1299162C - Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic photosensitive material - Google Patents

Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic photosensitive material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1299162C
CN1299162C CNB021186944A CN02118694A CN1299162C CN 1299162 C CN1299162 C CN 1299162C CN B021186944 A CNB021186944 A CN B021186944A CN 02118694 A CN02118694 A CN 02118694A CN 1299162 C CN1299162 C CN 1299162C
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
silver
emulsion
silver halide
layer
iodide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime
Application number
CNB021186944A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1379283A (en
Inventor
大岛直人
米仓修
饗场聪
古泽元一
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of CN1379283A publication Critical patent/CN1379283A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN1299162C publication Critical patent/CN1299162C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Landscapes

  • Silver Salt Photography Or Processing Solution Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a silver halide emulsion which does not cause low sensitivity and soft tone even with digital exposure such as laser scanning exposure and obtains hard tone gradation with high sensitivity, and a silver halide photographic light-sensitive material using the same. Further, a silver halide emulsion is provided which has high sensitivity, low fogging, excellent reciprocity law characteristics under high illumination, and small sensitivity fluctuation and small gradation fluctuation accompanying the time fluctuation of post-exposure treatment. The silver halide emulsion is formed by silver halide particles with a silver chloride content of 90 mol% or more, and is characterized in that the maximum content of silver iodide in the corner parts of the silver halide particles is higher than the content of silver iodide in the main surface parts of the particles, and the silver halide particles contain at least 1H or more2O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as a ligand, and a 6-coordinate complex of Cl, Br or I as the remaining ligands and Ir as a central metal.

Description

卤化银乳剂和卤化银照相感光材料Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic photosensitive material

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及卤化银乳剂和卤化银照相感光材料,详细讲,涉及在像激光扫描曝光一样的数字曝光中也能以高感度得到硬调灰度的卤化银乳剂和使用该卤化银乳剂的卤化银照相感光材料。进而涉及虽然高感度但感光并不过度,在高照度下的互易律特性很优良的,而且直到曝光后处理的感度变动和灰度变动随时间变动很小的卤化银乳剂、其制造方法和使用它的卤化银彩色照相感光材料。The present invention relates to a silver halide emulsion and a silver halide photographic photosensitive material. Specifically, it relates to a silver halide emulsion capable of obtaining a hard-tone gradation with high sensitivity even in digital exposure such as laser scanning exposure, and a silver halide using the silver halide emulsion Photographic photosensitive materials. Furthermore, it relates to a silver halide emulsion which has high sensitivity but is not excessively sensitive, has excellent reciprocity law characteristics at high illuminance, and has little change in sensitivity change and gradation change with time until post-exposure processing, its production method and Use its silver halide color photographic photosensitive material.

背景技术Background technique

近年来,使用彩色印相纸的彩色印刷领域中,数字化的渗透是惊人的,例如,利用激光扫描曝光的数字曝光方式,与多年来实行的由处理完的彩色负胶片用彩色印刷机直接进行晒版的模拟曝光方式相比,显示出飞跃发展的普及率。这种数字曝光方式的特征是在进行图像处理中能获得高质量的图像,在提高使用彩色印相纸的彩色印刷质量上起到了极大的作用。伴随着数字照相机的快速普及,从这些电子记录介质能简易获得高质量彩色相片是重要要素,认为这些会带来进一步飞跃的普及。In recent years, in the field of color printing using color printing paper, the penetration of digitalization is amazing. For example, the digital exposure method using laser scanning exposure is directly processed by the processed color negative film with a color printing machine that has been practiced for many years. Compared with the analog exposure method of printing plate, it shows the popularity rate of rapid development. The characteristic of this digital exposure method is that high-quality images can be obtained during image processing, and it has played a great role in improving the quality of color printing using color printing paper. With the rapid spread of digital cameras, it is an important element to easily obtain high-quality color photos from these electronic recording media, and it is considered that these will lead to a further leap in popularity.

另一方面,作为彩色印刷方式,喷墨打印方式、升华型方式、彩色静电复印等技术各自都在发展,就称赞照相质量等,作为彩色印刷方式正在得到确认。在这些中,采用彩色印相纸的数字曝光方式,其特征是高质量画面、高生产率、同样还有图像的高牢固性,但还渴望对这些进一步提高,以更简单更廉价的方式提供更高质量的照像。On the other hand, as a color printing method, technologies such as inkjet printing method, sublimation method, and color electrophotographic copying are each developing, and the photographic quality is praised as a color printing method. Among these, the digital exposure method using color printing paper is characterized by high picture quality, high productivity, and also high image fastness, but it is also desired to further improve these and provide more in a simpler and cheaper way. High quality photography.

对于彩色印相纸所使用的卤化银乳剂,主要是要求在提高生产率方面的快速处理性,从而使用氯化银含有率高的卤化银乳剂。这种氯化银含有率高的卤化银乳剂,一般因激光扫描曝光的高照度曝光,很容易引起低感软调化,所以就改进此点,开发了各种各样的技术。For silver halide emulsions used in color printing paper, fast processability is mainly required in order to improve productivity, so silver halide emulsions with a high silver chloride content are used. Such silver halide emulsions with a high silver chloride content generally tend to cause low-sensitivity soft tone due to high-illuminance exposure of laser scanning exposure, so various technologies have been developed to improve this point.

为了改进氯化银乳剂对高照度的不轨,已知掺加铱。然而,还知掺加了铱的氯化银乳剂,曝光后在短时间内会产生潜像增感,例如,在特公平7-34103号中公开了一种方法,即通过设有溴化银含有率很高的局部相并向其中掺加铱,解决潜像增感的问题。用该方法调制的卤化银乳剂,即使以1/100秒的比较高的照度曝光,可获得高感度、硬调,也不产生潜像增感的问题。直至利用激光扫描曝光的数字曝光方式得到的1μ秒的超高照度曝光,仍想要保持高感度,但难以获得硬调灰度的问题也很明显。在美国专利第5691119号中,公开了一种用有溴化银含有率很高的局部相的调制乳剂的方法,使高照度灰度硬调化的方法。但仍存在效果不充分,重复调制下性能不稳定的缺点。In order to improve the misalignment of silver chloride emulsions to high illuminance, doping with iridium is known. However, it is also known that the silver chloride emulsion doped with iridium will produce latent image sensitization in a short time after exposure. The local phase with a high content rate and doped with iridium solves the problem of latent image sensitization. The silver halide emulsion prepared by this method can obtain high sensitivity and hard tone even if it is exposed at a relatively high illuminance of 1/100 second, and there is no problem of latent image sensitization. Up to the ultra-high-illumination exposure of 1 μ second obtained by the digital exposure method of laser scanning exposure, it is still necessary to maintain high sensitivity, but the problem of difficulty in obtaining hard grayscale is also obvious. U.S. Patent No. 5,691,119 discloses a method for hardening high-illuminance gradation by using a method for preparing an emulsion having a partial phase having a high silver bromide content. However, there are still shortcomings of insufficient effect and unstable performance under repeated modulation.

在美国专利第5783373号和第5783378号中,公开了一种至少使用3种掺杂剂,降低高照度不轨,形成硬调化的方法。然而,为了获得硬调的灰度,使用了具有减感硬调化作用的掺杂剂,这从原理上讲,与高感度化是不相容的。In US Pat. Nos. 5,783,373 and 5,783,378, a method of using at least three dopants to reduce high-illuminance irregularities and form a hard tone is disclosed. However, in order to obtain a hard tone gradation, a dopant having a desensitizing hard tone effect is used, which is incompatible with high sensitivity in principle.

在美国专利第5726005号和第5736310号中,公开了利用在高氯化银乳剂的亚表面上含有极大浓度I的乳剂,获得了高感度下高照度不轨很小的乳剂。据此可知,越是高照度曝光越能获得高感度,至于灰度却是软调,对于光量只限定在动态范围的数字曝光,是不适宜的。In U.S. Patent No. 5,726,005 and No. 5,736,310, it is disclosed that an emulsion with a very large concentration of I on the subsurface of a high silver chloride emulsion is used to obtain an emulsion with a small high-illuminance irregularity at high sensitivity. Based on this, it can be seen that the higher the illumination exposure, the higher the sensitivity can be obtained. As for the gray scale, it is soft, which is not suitable for digital exposure where the amount of light is only limited to the dynamic range.

在特开昭58-95736号、同58-108533号、同60-222844号、同60-222845号、同62-253143号、同62-253144号、同62-253166号、同62-254139号、同63-46440号、同63-46441号、同63-89840号、美国专利第4820624号、第4865962号、第5399475号、第5284743号等中,公开在氯化银含有率很高的乳剂中,以各种形态,局部含有溴化银含有率很高的相,从而获得了高感度。然而,使用含有含溴化银相和含碘化银相的乳剂,在象激光扫描曝光的超高照度曝光中具有特殊的硬调化作用,却没有公开。In Japanese Patent Application No. 58-95736, No. 58-108533, No. 60-222844, No. 60-222845, No. 62-253143, No. 62-253144, No. 62-253166, No. 62-254139 , U.S. Patent No. 63-46440, U.S. Patent No. 63-46441, U.S. Patent No. 63-89840, U.S. Patent No. 4820624, No. 4865962, No. 5399475, No. 5284743, etc., disclose emulsions with high silver chloride content Among them, in various forms, a phase with a high silver bromide content is partially contained, thereby obtaining high sensitivity. However, the use of an emulsion containing a silver bromide-containing phase and a silver iodide-containing phase, which has a special hardening effect in ultrahigh light exposure like laser scanning exposure, is not disclosed.

在美国专利第5049485号中,公开了使用由介离子配位的Au(I)化合物进行化学增感,从而获得了高感硬调化。美国专利第5945270号,公开了使用由含有水溶性基的介离子配位的Au(I)化合物进行化学增感,从而获得了高感硬调化。虽然知道这些是比较稳定的Au(I)化合物,但是,使用含有含溴化银相和含碘化银的乳剂,在高照度曝光中具有特殊的硬调化作用,却没有公开。In US Pat. No. 5,049,485, it is disclosed that Au(I) compounds coordinated by mesoions are used for chemical sensitization, thereby obtaining high-sensitivity hardening. US Patent No. 5,945,270 discloses chemical sensitization using an Au(I) compound coordinated by a meso-ion containing a water-soluble group, thereby obtaining high-sensitivity hardening. Although these are known to be relatively stable Au(I) compounds, the use of emulsions containing silver bromide-containing phases and silver iodide-containing phases to have special hardening effects in high-illuminance exposure is not disclosed.

另一方面,近年来,就彩色印相纸,对高感度化、处理稳定化,图像高质量化、显像处理工序快速化等性能要求,更加显著强烈。对于氯化银乳剂的高感度化,到目前为止,主要研究了在乳剂粒子中含有溴化物离子的方法。例如,在欧洲专利第0295439号说明书中公开的方法是在粒子表面部含有溴化物离子的方法,在美国专利第5252454号说明书中公开了用定向生长过度在粒子表面形成溴化物浓度至少20摩尔%的局部相的方法,在美国专利第5252456号说明书中公开了使细小粒子乳剂与更大的高氯化银宿主粒子乳剂进行配合,通过奥斯特瓦尔德成熟,在粒子表面上形成富溴化物相的方法。另一方面,也可以在氯化银乳剂粒子上含有碘化物离子,产生感度增加。然而,到目前为止,将高感度化作为目的实例很少,在上述引用专利中为代表的含碘化物离子实例,一般允许低浓度,或者回避了此问题。On the other hand, in recent years, for color printing paper, performance requirements such as higher sensitivity, stable processing, higher image quality, and faster development process have become more and more intense. To increase the sensitivity of silver chloride emulsions, the method of including bromide ions in emulsion particles has been mainly studied so far. For example, the method disclosed in the specification of European Patent No. 0295439 is a method of containing bromide ions on the surface of the particle, and in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5252454, it is disclosed that the bromide concentration is formed on the surface of the particle by directional growth to at least 20 mol%. The local phase method disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,252,456 is to make a fine particle emulsion cooperate with a larger high silver chloride host particle emulsion, and form a bromide-rich compound on the surface of the particle by Ostwald ripening phase method. On the other hand, iodide ions may be contained in the silver chloride emulsion particles to increase the sensitivity. However, until now, there have been few cases where high sensitivity was targeted, and the examples containing iodide ions represented by the above cited patents generally allow low concentrations or avoid this problem.

列举几个使高氯化银乳剂含有碘化物的离子产生高感度化的实例。在美国专利第5264337号、第5292632号和第5314798号说明书中公开的技术特征是在形成高氯化银{100}平板粒子的后期,使粒子内部含有带状碘化物。在美国专利第5275930号说明书中示出了使溴化物离子和低比率的碘化物离子组合,外延附生在平板状粒子的角落的实例。在特开平8-220681号、特开平8-234340号、特开平8-220684号、特开平8-240879号、特开平8-234345号说明书中公开的技术特征,共同点是在使宿主高氯化银乳剂粒子含有碘化物离子的方法上下功夫,在乳剂粒子的亚表面上形成高氯化物层,该层具有最大浓度的碘化物离子,但没有打算在含碘化物层上含碘化物。List several examples of high sensitivity to iodide ions in high silver chloride emulsions. The technical feature disclosed in US Patent No. 5264337, No. 5292632 and No. 5314798 specifications is to make the inside of the particles contain band-shaped iodide in the later stage of forming high chloride silver {100} plate particles. US Patent No. 5,275,930 shows an example of combining bromide ions and iodide ions at a low ratio to epitaxially grow at the corners of flat-shaped particles. The technical features disclosed in the specification of JP-P8-220681, JP-8-234340, JP-8-220684, JP-8-240879 and JP-8-234345 have in common that the host is hyperchlorinated. The method of containing iodide ions in the silver oxide emulsion particles has been contrived to form a high chloride layer on the subsurface of the emulsion particles which has the maximum concentration of iodide ions, but no iodide is intended to be contained on the iodide-containing layer.

使碘化物离子与氯化银形成混晶时,粒子内部晶格间银离子显著增加。因此,发现由碘化物离子形成的高感度化,促进了晶格间银离子增加引起的感光核形成。在上述引用的专利中,表面上没有含碘化物层、或者,由于限定在角落部分,所以不能最大限度地引发出高感度化的效果。另一方面,在粒子的最表面上含有碘化物离子时,粒子形成后,吸附在最表面上的碘化物离子,在以后的化学增感等处理中形成不稳定的成分而进入到氯化银层中,很容易形成图像模糊,对高感度化是不适宜的。When iodide ions and silver chloride form mixed crystals, the interlattice silver ions inside the particles increase significantly. Therefore, it was found that the high sensitivity formed by iodide ions promotes the formation of photosensitive nuclei due to the increase of interlattice silver ions. In the above-cited patents, there is no iodide-containing layer on the surface, or since it is limited to the corner portion, the effect of increasing the sensitivity cannot be induced to the maximum. On the other hand, when the iodide ion is contained on the outermost surface of the particle, after the particle is formed, the iodide ion adsorbed on the outermost surface forms an unstable component in the subsequent chemical sensitization and other treatments and enters into the silver chloride. In the layer, it is easy to form image blur, which is not suitable for high sensitivity.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本发明所要解决的第一个课题是提供一种卤化银乳剂和使用它的卤化银照相感光材料,即使在象激光扫描曝光的数字曝光中,也不引起低感度化和软调化,而以高感度获得硬调的灰度。The first problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a silver halide emulsion and a silver halide photographic photosensitive material using it, which do not cause low sensitivity and soft tone even in digital exposure like laser scanning exposure, and thus High sensitivity obtains hard tone grayscale.

本发明所要解决的第二个课题是提供一种潜像保存性、曝光温湿度依赖性优良的卤化银乳剂和使用它的卤化银照相感光材料。进而本发明的第三个课题是提供一种卤化银乳剂及制造方法,以及用它的卤化银彩色照相感光材料,该卤化银乳剂虽然是高感度,但图像清晰,在高照度下的倒易律特性很优良,而且因曝光后处理时间变动所引起的感度变动和灰度变动随时变动很小。The second problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a silver halide emulsion excellent in latent image preservation and dependence on exposure temperature and humidity, and a silver halide photographic photosensitive material using the same. Furthermore, the third subject of the present invention is to provide a silver halide emulsion and its production method, and a silver halide color photographic photosensitive material using it. Although the silver halide emulsion has high sensitivity, the image is clear, and the reciprocity under high illuminance is high. The law characteristics are very good, and the sensitivity change and gray scale change caused by the change of post-exposure processing time are very small at any time.

解决课题的方法Solution to the problem

为解决上述课题的方法如下,即The method for solving the above-mentioned problems is as follows, that is,

<1>一种卤化银乳剂,由90摩尔%以上氯化银含有率的卤化银粒子形成,其特征是,该卤化银粒子的角落部分的碘化银最大含有率高于该粒子主表面部分的碘化银含有率,并且述卤化银粒子含有至少将1个H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作为配位基、其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成、将Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体。<1> A silver halide emulsion formed of silver halide grains having a silver chloride content of 90 mol % or more, wherein the maximum silver iodide content in the corners of the silver halide grains is higher than that in the main surface of the grains. content rate, and the silver halide particles contain at least one H 2 O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as a ligand, the remaining ligands are formed by Cl, Br or I, and Ir is the central metal 6 coordination complexes.

(以下将上述卤化银粒子称作「特定的卤化银粒子」)(Hereafter, the above-mentioned silver halide particles are referred to as "specific silver halide particles")

<2>一种卤化银乳剂,其特征是分别以层状形成含溴化银相和含碘化银相,而且,含有90摩尔%以上氯化银含有率的卤化银粒子。<2> A silver halide emulsion characterized by forming a silver bromide-containing phase and a silver iodide-containing phase in a layered form, and containing silver halide grains with a silver chloride content of 90 mol % or more.

<3>上述<2>中记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述含溴化银相比上述含碘化银相更加形成在粒子的内侧。<3> The silver halide emulsion described in the above <2>, wherein the silver bromide-containing phase is formed on the inside of the grains more than the silver iodide-containing phase.

<4>上述<2>或<3>记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述含溴化银相和上述含碘化银相以邻接形成。<4> The silver halide emulsion according to the above <2> or <3>, wherein the silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase are formed adjacent to each other.

<5>上述<1>到<4>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银粒子为立方体或14面体的粒子。<5> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <4>, wherein the silver halide grains are cubic or tetrahedral grains.

<6>上述<1>到<5>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银粒子的释放电子时间为10-5秒到10秒。<6> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <5>, wherein the electron emission time of the silver halide grains is 10 -5 seconds to 10 seconds.

<7>上述<1>到<6>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银粒子含有Cl、Br或I作为配位基、将Ir作为中心金属的6配位络合体。<7> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <6>, wherein the silver halide grains contain Cl, Br, or I as a ligand and Ir as a center metal in a six-coordinate complex body.

<8>上述<7>中记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述6配位络合体,在含溴化银相中含有。<8> The silver halide emulsion described in the above <7>, characterized in that the above-mentioned hexacoordinate complex is contained in the silver bromide-containing phase.

<9>上述<1>到<8>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银乳剂的潜像氧化电位高于70mV。<9> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <8>, wherein the latent image oxidation potential of the above silver halide emulsion is higher than 70 mV.

<10>上述<1>到<9>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是对上述卤化银乳剂进行金增感。<10> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <9>, wherein the silver halide emulsion is gold-sensitized.

<11>上述<10>中记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银乳剂,由胶体状硫化金或金的络合稳定度常数logB2在21以上,35以下的金增感剂进行金增感的。<11> The silver halide emulsion described in the above <10> is characterized in that the above silver halide emulsion is gold-treated with colloidal gold sulfide or a gold sensitizer whose complex stability constant logB 2 of gold is 21 or more and 35 or less. Sensitized.

<12>一种卤化银照相感光材料,其特征是含有上述<1>到<11>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂。<12> A silver halide photographic photosensitive material characterized by comprising the silver halide emulsion described in any one of the above <1> to <11>.

<13>一种卤化银乳剂,由氯化银含有率90摩尔%以上的卤化银粒子形成,其特征该卤化银粒子角落部分的碘化银最大含有率高于该粒子主表面部分的碘化银含有率。<13> A silver halide emulsion comprising silver halide grains with a silver chloride content of 90 mol% or more, wherein the maximum silver iodide content at the corners of the silver halide grains is higher than the silver iodide content at the main surface of the grains.

<14>上述<1>到<13>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银粒子的主表面由(100)面构成。<14> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <13>, wherein the main surface of the silver halide grains is composed of a (100) plane.

<15>上述<13>或<14>中记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是相对于总乳剂粒子的总银量,碘化物离子的含有率在0.06摩尔%以上。<15> The silver halide emulsion described in <13> or <14>, wherein the iodide ion content is 0.06 mol% or more relative to the total silver content of the total emulsion grains.

<16>上述<13>到<15>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是相对于总乳剂粒子的总银量,碘化物离子的含有率在0.1摩尔%以上。<16> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <13> to <15>, wherein the iodide ion content is 0.1 mol% or more relative to the total silver content of the total emulsion grains.

<17>上述<1>到<16>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是由三甲双酮花青色素进行分光增感。<17> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <16>, which is characterized in that it is spectrally sensitized by trimethadione cyanine.

<18>上述<13>到<17>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述卤化银粒子含有1种以上过渡金属络合体。<18> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <13> to <17>, wherein the silver halide grains contain one or more transition metal complexes.

<19>上述<18>中记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是上述过镀金属络合体中,至少1种过渡金属络合体的中心金属是钌、铑或锇。<19> The silver halide emulsion described in the above <18>, wherein the central metal of at least one transition metal complex in the above-mentioned overplating metal complex is ruthenium, rhodium or osmium.

<20>上述<1>到<19>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂,其特征是层状的所述含溴化银相中的溴化物离子浓度在卤化银粒子内部具有极大浓度,且所述含碘化银相中的碘化物离子在卤化银粒子表面具有极大浓度。<20> The silver halide emulsion according to any one of the above <1> to <19>, wherein the bromide ion concentration in the layered silver bromide-containing phase has a maximum concentration inside the silver halide grains, And the iodide ions in the silver iodide-containing phase have a very large concentration on the surface of the silver halide particles.

<21>一种卤化银彩色照相感光材料,在支撑体上分别至少具有一层兰感性卤化银乳剂层、绿感性卤化银乳剂层、和红感性卤化银乳剂层,其特征是上述兰感性卤化银乳剂层、绿感性卤化银乳剂层、和红感性卤化银乳剂层的至少一层,含有上述<1>到<20>中任一项记载的卤化银乳剂。<21> A silver halide photosensitive material for color photography, which has at least one layer of blue-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer, green-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer, and red-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer on a support, and is characterized in that the blue-sensitive halide At least one of the silver emulsion layer, the green-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer, and the red-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer contains the silver halide emulsion described in any one of the above <1> to <20>.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

以下对本发明作详细说明。The present invention will be described in detail below.

本发明的卤化银乳剂含有特定的卤化银粒子。该粒子的粒子形状没有特殊限定,最好是由实际具有{100}面的立方体或14面体的结晶粒子(这些粒子顶点带球状、也可以具有更高次的面)或8面体结晶粒子、或由全投影面积在50%以上由{100}面或{111}面形成纵横比为2以上的平板状粒子形成。所谓纵横比是与投影面积相当的圆的直径由粒子厚度除的值。本发明中,更好是立方体或14面体的粒子。The silver halide emulsion of the present invention contains specific silver halide grains. The particle shape of the particles is not particularly limited, and it is preferably composed of cubic or tetradecahedron crystal particles (the vertices of these particles are spherical and may have higher-order faces) or octahedral crystal particles, or It is formed by flat-shaped particles with an aspect ratio of 2 or more formed from a {100} plane or a {111} plane with more than 50% of the total projected area. The so-called aspect ratio is a value obtained by dividing the diameter of a circle corresponding to the projected area by the particle thickness. In the present invention, cubic or tetradecahedral particles are more preferable.

作为本发明的卤化银乳剂,使用含特定卤化银粒子的乳剂。氯化银含有率必须在90摩尔%以上,从快速处理性方面考虑,氯化银含有率最好在93摩尔%以上,更好在95摩尔%以上。As the silver halide emulsion of the present invention, an emulsion containing specific silver halide grains is used. The silver chloride content must be at least 90 mol%, and from the viewpoint of quick handling, the silver chloride content is preferably at least 93 mol%, more preferably at least 95 mol%.

本发明卤化银乳剂中的特定卤化银粒子是以下1)和2)中的任何一种。The specific silver halide grains in the silver halide emulsion of the present invention are any one of the following 1) and 2).

1)含溴化银相和含碘化银相分别形成层状的(以下称作构成1)。1) A silver bromide-containing phase and a silver iodide-containing phase each form a layer (hereinafter referred to as constitution 1).

2)角落部分碘化银最大含有率高于该粒子主表面部分的碘化银含有率(以下称作构成2)。2) The maximum silver iodide content in the corner portion is higher than the silver iodide content in the main surface portion of the particle (hereinafter referred to as constitution 2).

上述中,虽然可以满足1)或2)中的任何一个,也可以两个都满足。In the above, either one of 1) or 2) may be satisfied, and both may be satisfied.

本发明中,将上述的卤化银粒子称为特定的卤化银粒子,将含有该卤化银粒子的卤化银乳剂称作本发明的卤化银乳剂。只是任何一个时,称作构成1的卤化银粒子、或构成2的卤化银粒子。In the present invention, the aforementioned silver halide grains are referred to as specific silver halide grains, and the silver halide emulsion containing the silver halide grains is referred to as the silver halide emulsion of the present invention. When it is only any one, it is called the silver halide grain of composition 1, or the silver halide grain of constitution 2.

以下关于构成1的卤化银粒子进行说明。The silver halide particles of the constitution 1 will be described below.

从硬调、潜像稳定性优良方面考虑,溴化银含有率好的为0.1-7摩尔%,更好为0.5-5摩尔%。从高照度曝光、高感度,而且是硬调方面考虑,碘化银含有率好的为0.02-1摩尔%,更好为0.05-0.50摩尔%,尤其好0.07-0.40摩尔%。以下讲述构成2的卤化银粒子的情况,碘化银含有率好的为0.1摩尔%以上,更好为0.1-0.8摩尔%,尤其好为0.25-0.60摩尔%。From the viewpoint of hard tuning and excellent latent image stability, the silver bromide content is preferably 0.1-7 mol%, more preferably 0.5-5 mol%. Considering high-illuminance exposure, high sensitivity, and hard tone, the silver iodide content is preferably 0.02-1 mol%, more preferably 0.05-0.50 mol%, especially preferably 0.07-0.40 mol%. The following describes the silver halide particles constituting 2. The silver iodide content is preferably at least 0.1 mol%, more preferably 0.1-0.8 mol%, particularly preferably 0.25-0.60 mol%.

本发明的构成1卤化银粒子好的是碘溴氯化银粒子,更好是上述卤素组成的碘溴氯化银粒子。The silver halide particles constituting 1 of the present invention are preferably silver iodobromochloride particles, more preferably silver iodobromochloride particles composed of the above-mentioned halogen.

本发明的构成1卤化银粒子具有含溴化银相和含碘化银相。此处所说的含溴化银相或含碘化银相,是指比周围的溴化银或碘化银浓度高的部位。含溴化银相或含碘化银相与其周围的卤素组成也可连续变化,也可急剧变化。这样的含溴化银相或含碘化银相,可以在粒子中的某部分形成具有一定幅度的浓度层,也可以是不扩展的极大点。含溴化银相中局部的溴化银含有率好的在5摩尔%以上,更好为10~80摩尔%,尤其好为15~50摩尔%。含碘化银相中局部的碘化银含有率好的0.3摩尔%以上,更好0.5~8摩尔%,尤其好1~5摩尔%。这样的含溴化银相或含碘化银相,在各个粒子内可以是数个层状,各个溴化银或碘化银含有率可以不同,但必须具有最低含1个的相。Configuration 1 of the present invention has silver halide grains having a silver bromide-containing phase and a silver iodide-containing phase. The term "silver bromide-containing phase or silver iodide-containing phase" as used herein refers to a portion having a higher concentration than the surrounding silver bromide or silver iodide. The halogen composition of the silver bromide-containing phase or silver iodide-containing phase and its surroundings can also be changed continuously or abruptly. Such a silver bromide-containing phase or a silver iodide-containing phase may form a concentration layer with a certain range in a certain part of the particle, or may be a maximum point that does not expand. The partial silver bromide content in the silver bromide-containing phase is preferably at least 5 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, particularly preferably 15 to 50 mol%. The partial silver iodide content in the silver iodide-containing phase is preferably at least 0.3 mol %, more preferably 0.5 to 8 mol %, particularly preferably 1 to 5 mol %. Such a silver bromide-containing phase or a silver iodide-containing phase may have several layers in each particle, and the content ratio of each silver bromide or silver iodide may be different, but must have at least one phase.

本发明构成1卤化银粒子中的含溴化银相和含碘化银相,最重要的是具有围绕各个粒子的层状。形成围绕粒子层状的含溴化银相或含碘化银相,一个最好的形态是在各个相中沿粒子周围方向具有均匀的浓度分布。然而,以围绕粒子层状存在的含溴化银相或含碘化银相中,溴化银或碘化银浓度的极大点或极小点存在于粒子周围方向上,也可以具有浓度分布。例如,在粒子表面附近具有围绕粒子那样的层状溴化银相或含碘化银相时,粒子角落或边缘的溴化银或碘化银浓度,有时形成与主表面不同的浓度。和围绕粒子的层状含溴化银相和含碘化银相不同,完全孤立存在于粒子表面的特定部位,也可以是不围绕粒子的含溴化银相或含碘化银相。The present invention constitutes 1 that the silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase in the silver halide grains have, most importantly, a layered shape surrounding each grain. A best form of forming a layered silver bromide-containing phase or silver iodide-containing phase around the particles is that each phase has a uniform concentration distribution in the direction around the particles. However, in the silver bromide-containing phase or silver iodide-containing phase that exists in a layered form around the particles, the maximum or minimum point of the concentration of silver bromide or silver iodide exists in the direction around the particles, and may have a concentration distribution. For example, when there is a layered silver bromide phase or a silver iodide-containing phase surrounding the particle near the surface of the particle, the concentration of silver bromide or silver iodide at the corner or edge of the particle may be different from that on the main surface. Unlike the layered silver bromide-containing phase and silver iodide-containing phase surrounding the particle, it exists completely isolated on a specific part of the particle surface, or it may be a silver bromide-containing phase or a silver iodide-containing phase that does not surround the particle.

这样的含溴化银相或含碘化银相,从用更少含溴化银或碘化银的量提高了局部的浓度考虑,粒子体积好的由3~30%的银量构成,更好由3~15%的银量构成。Such a silver-bromide-containing phase or a silver-iodide-containing phase, from the consideration of improving the local concentration with less amount of silver-containing bromide or silver iodide, the particle volume is preferably composed of 3-30% silver content, more preferably 3-30%. 15% silver volume composition.

本发明构成1卤化银粒子的含溴化银相和含碘化银相,可以存在于粒子的同一个部位,也可以存在于不同的部位,从容易控制形成粒子这一点考虑,最好存在于不同的部位。在含溴化银相中可含有碘化银,反之,含碘化银相中也可含有溴化银。一般讲,在高氯化银粒子形成中,由于添加的碘化物比溴化物更容易渗透到粒子表面,所以含碘化银相很容易在粒子表面附近形成。因此,含溴化银相和含碘化银相存在于粒子内不同部位时,最好是使含溴化银相形成在含碘化银相的内侧。这样的情况,也可在粒子表面附近的含碘化银相的更外侧,设置另外的含溴化银相。The silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase constituting the silver halide particles of the present invention may exist in the same part of the particle or in different parts. From the point of view of being easy to control the formation of particles, it is preferable to exist in different parts. parts. Silver iodide may be contained in the silver bromide-containing phase, and conversely, silver bromide may also be contained in the silver iodide-containing phase. In general, in the formation of high-chloride silver particles, since the added iodide penetrates the particle surface more easily than bromide, the silver iodide-containing phase is easily formed near the particle surface. Therefore, when the silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase exist in different parts of the particle, it is preferable to form the silver bromide-containing phase inside the silver iodide-containing phase. In such a case, another silver bromide-containing phase may be provided on the outer side of the silver iodide-containing phase near the particle surface.

为了实现本发明的高感度化和硬调化等效果,在粒子内部越形成含溴化银相或含碘化银相所需要的溴化银含量或碘化银含量越增加,但存在这种危险,即,降低需要以上的氯化银含量,会损害快速处理性。因此,为了使控制照相作用的这些功能集中在粒子内的表面附近,最好使含溴化银相和含碘化银相邻接。从这些方面考虑,从内侧测量,好的是在粒子体积的50%~100%的位置中任何部位形成含溴化银相,从粒子体积的85%~100%的位置中任何部位形成含碘化银。更好是从粒子体积的70%~95%的位置中任何部位形成含溴化银相,从粒子体积的90%~100%的位置中任何部位形成含碘化银相。In order to achieve the effects of high sensitivity and hard adjustment of the present invention, the silver bromide content or the silver iodide content required to form the silver bromide-containing phase or the silver iodide-containing phase inside the particle is increased, but there is such a danger that, that is, Reducing the silver chloride content more than necessary impairs rapid processability. Therefore, it is desirable to have the silver bromide-containing phase adjacent to the silver iodide-containing phase in order to concentrate these functions of controlling the photographic effect near the surface within the particle. From these aspects, measured from the inside, it is better to form a silver bromide-containing phase anywhere from 50% to 100% of the particle volume, and to form a silver iodide-containing phase anywhere from 85% to 100% of the particle volume. . More preferably, the silver bromide-containing phase is formed anywhere from 70% to 95% of the particle volume, and the silver iodide-containing phase is formed anywhere from 90% to 100% of the particle volume.

对本发明的构成2卤化银粒子进行说明。The silver halide grains of configuration 2 of the present invention will be described.

所谓构成2中规定的角落部分,是指从粒子的顶点以边长(连接顶点间的棱线长度)的五分之一长度进行分开而形成的多角锥状的部分。粒子顶点带圆形时,将棱线延长,从推定的顶点,进行外推确定。The corner portion specified in Configuration 2 refers to a polygonal pyramid-shaped portion formed by separating from the apex of the particle by one-fifth of the length of the side (the length of the ridge line connecting the apexes). When the vertex of the particle is rounded, the ridgeline is extended and determined by extrapolation from the estimated vertex.

卤化银粒子中所含碘化物离子的含有率,好的是每摩尔总银为0.01摩尔%以上,更好在0.06摩尔%以上,在0.1摩尔%以上最好。好的含有0.06~1.0摩尔%,更好含有0.1~0.8摩尔%,最好含有0.25~0.60摩尔的碘化物离子的碘氯化银相的粒子可得到高感度,高照度曝光适应性非常好。本发明的氯碘溴化银粒子,也可以具有芯壳结构。这时,壳部分中碘化的离子含有率,为壳部中每摩尔银的0.01~8.0摩尔%,更好为0.05~6.0摩尔%,最好为0.25~4.0摩尔%,芯部分中碘化物离子含有率,好的是壳部分值的10分之一以下。在卤化银粒子表面上具有每摩尔总银的0.2~5摩尔%、更好0.5~3摩尔%的溴化银局部存在相,可获得高感度,而且照相性能很稳定,所以特别好。The content of iodide ions contained in the silver halide particles is preferably at least 0.01 mol %, more preferably at least 0.06 mol %, most preferably at least 0.1 mol %, per mol of total silver. Good silver iodide chloride phase particles containing 0.06-1.0 mol %, more preferably 0.1-0.8 mol %, most preferably 0.25-0.60 mol of iodide ions can obtain high sensitivity and have excellent high-illuminance exposure adaptability. The silver iodobromide particles of the present invention may have a core-shell structure. At this time, the ion content of iodide in the shell part is 0.01 to 8.0 mole % per mole of silver in the shell part, more preferably 0.05 to 6.0 mole %, most preferably 0.25 to 4.0 mole %, and the iodide content in the core part is The ion content is preferably one-tenth or less of the value of the shell portion. On the surface of the silver halide particles, it is particularly preferable to have a localized silver bromide phase of 0.2 to 5 mol %, more preferably 0.5 to 3 mol %, per mol of total silver, because high sensitivity can be obtained and photographic performance is stable.

卤化银乳剂粒子中角落部分的碘化银含有率,可利用电子分析显微镜进行研究。利用电子分析显微镜分析该粒子的规定部分,能进行光点经缩小到2nm以下的点分析,测定碘化银含有率。对含有率已知的卤化银粒子作同样测定,绘出检测曲线,根据预先求出的Ag强度和I强度的比率,可求出碘化银含有率。作为电子分析显微镜的分析线源,适用于比用热电子的电子密度高的场的放射型电子枪,可使光点径缩小到2nm以下,能很容易分析微小部分的卤素组成。角落部分的碘化银含有率的测定,是倾斜电显试料,只以规定部分接触电子线进行的。制作试料时,也可以采用这种办法,将乳剂粒子倾倒在张开支撑膜的铜筛网上。用分析电显对总体中较大碘化银含有率进行测绘,缩小在规定部分中的最大区域内后,在规定的区域内,进行上述的点分析,测定数点到数十个点,求出最大值。The silver iodide content in the corners of silver halide emulsion grains can be studied using an electron analysis microscope. By analyzing a predetermined part of the particle with an electron analysis microscope, spot analysis can be performed by reducing the light spot to 2nm or less, and the silver iodide content can be measured. The same measurement is carried out on silver halide particles whose content is known, and the detection curve is drawn. Based on the ratio of Ag intensity and I intensity obtained in advance, the silver iodide content can be obtained. As the analysis line source of the electron analysis microscope, it is suitable for the radiation type electron gun in the field with higher electron density than thermionic electrons, which can reduce the spot size to less than 2nm, and can easily analyze the halogen composition of a small part. The determination of the silver iodide content in the corners is carried out by tilting the electromagnetism sample and only contacting the specified part with the electron beam. When making a sample, this method can also be used to pour the emulsion particles on the copper screen with the support film opened. Use the analytical electric display to survey and map the larger silver iodide content rate in the whole, and after narrowing the maximum area in the specified part, perform the above-mentioned point analysis in the specified area, measure a few points to dozens of points, and find the maximum value.

利用ESCA法,求出卤化银乳剂粒子主表面部分的碘化银含有率作为表面碘量。本发明中,相对于主表面部分的碘化银最大含有率,角落部分的碘化银最大含有率,好的为1~100倍,更好1.1~50倍,最好1.2~20倍。Using the ESCA method, the silver iodide content in the main surface portion of the silver halide emulsion grains was determined as the surface iodine content. In the present invention, the maximum silver iodide content in the corner portion is preferably 1 to 100 times, more preferably 1.1 to 50 times, most preferably 1.2 to 20 times the maximum silver iodide content in the main surface portion.

本发明的构成2的卤化银粒子含有溴化银局部存在相时,最好是使溴化银含有率至少10摩尔%以上的溴化银局部存在相在粒子表面上进行外延生长。溴化银局部存在相的溴化银含有率好的为10~60摩尔%,更好为20~50摩尔%。溴化银局部存在相是由本发明中构成卤化银粒子总银量的0.1~5摩尔%的银构成,最好由0.3~4摩尔%的银构成。在溴化银局部存在相中,最好含有氯化亚铱(III)、溴化亚铱(III)、氯化铱(IV)、六氯铱(III)酸钠、六氯铱(IV)酸钾、六氨铱(IV)盐、三草酸铱(III)盐、三草酸铱(IV)盐等第(VIII)族金属络合离子。这些化合物的添加量,根据目的可在很宽范围内选择,但相对于1摩尔卤化银,最好为10-9~10-2摩尔。这些第VIII族金属络离子在以后详细讲述。When the silver halide grains of the configuration 2 of the present invention contain a localized silver bromide phase, it is preferable to epitaxially grow the localized silver bromide phase having a silver bromide content of at least 10 mol % or more on the particle surface. The silver bromide content of the silver bromide partial phase is preferably from 10 to 60 mol%, more preferably from 20 to 50 mol%. The silver bromide localized phase is composed of 0.1 to 5 mol% of silver, more preferably 0.3 to 4 mol% of silver, based on the total amount of silver constituting the silver halide particles in the present invention. In the local phase of silver bromide, it is preferable to contain iridium(III) chloride, iridium(III) bromide, iridium(IV) chloride, sodium hexachloroiridate(III), hexachloroiridium(IV) Group (VIII) metal complex ions such as potassium hexaamine iridium (IV) salt, iridium (III) trioxalate salt, and iridium (IV) trioxalate salt. The amount of these compounds to be added can be selected in a wide range depending on the purpose, but it is preferably 10 -9 to 10 -2 mol relative to 1 mol of silver halide. These Group VIII metal complex ions will be described in detail later.

在调制本发明的特定卤化银粒子(即,满足构成1和2中至少1种的卤化银粒子)时,为了含有溴化银或碘化银而导入的溴化物或碘化物,可以单独添加溴化物盐或碘化物盐的溶液,或者,与添加银盐溶液和高氯化物盐溶液一起添加溴化物盐或碘化物盐溶液。在后者的情况,将溴化物盐或碘化物盐溶液和高氯化物盐溶液单独添加,或者,作为溴化物盐或碘化物盐和高氯化物盐的混合溶液进行添加。溴化物盐或碘化物盐,可以碱或碱土类溴化物盐或碘化物盐一类的溶解性盐的形式进行添加。或者像美国专利第5389508号说明书记载的,通过由有机分子分裂出的溴化物离子或碘化物离子导入。作为另外的溴化物或碘化物离子源,也可使用微小的溴化银粒子或微小的碘化银粒子。When preparing the specific silver halide grains of the present invention (that is, silver halide grains satisfying at least one of constitutions 1 and 2), in order to contain silver bromide or silver iodide introduced bromide or iodide, a bromide salt can be added alone or iodide salt solution, alternatively, add bromide salt or iodide salt solution together with silver salt solution and perchloride salt solution. In the latter case, the bromide salt or iodide salt solution and the perchloride salt solution are added individually, or as a mixed solution of bromide salt or iodide salt and perchloride salt. Bromide salts or iodide salts may be added in the form of soluble salts such as alkali or alkaline earth bromide salts or iodide salts. Or, as described in US Pat. No. 5,389,508, bromide ions or iodide ions split from organic molecules are introduced. As an additional source of bromide or iodide ions, fine silver bromide particles or fine silver iodide particles can also be used.

溴化物盐或碘化物盐溶液,可在粒子形成的时刻集中进行添加,也可在某一段时间内进行添加。向高氯化物乳剂中导入碘化物离子的位置,从获得高感度、低过度感光的乳剂方面进行限制。越在乳剂粒子的更内部进行导入碘化物离子,感度越增加很小。因此,好的从粒子体积的50%更外侧进行添加碘化物盐溶液,更好从70%更外侧添加,最好从85%更外侧进行添加。好的从粒子体积的98%更内侧添加碘化物盐溶液,更好从96%更内侧结束添加。碘化物盐溶液的添加,从粒子表面,在稍许内侧结束,可获得更高的感度,低过渡感光的乳剂。The bromide salt or iodide salt solution may be added collectively at the moment of particle formation, or may be added over a certain period of time. The position where iodide ions are introduced into the high chloride emulsion is limited in terms of obtaining a high-sensitivity, low-oversensitization emulsion. The more the iodide ions are introduced into the interior of the emulsion particles, the smaller the increase in sensitivity. Therefore, it is better to add the iodide salt solution from more than 50% of the particle volume, more preferably from 70% and most preferably from 85%. It is better to add the iodide salt solution from 98% more inside of the particle volume, better to end the addition from 96% more inside. The addition of iodide salt solution, from the surface of the particle, ends slightly inward to obtain a higher sensitivity, low transition sensitivity emulsion.

另一方面,溴化物盐溶液的添加,好的从粒子体积的50%更外侧,更好从70%更外侧进行。On the other hand, the addition of the bromide salt solution is preferably carried out from more than 50% of the particle volume, more preferably from more than 70% of the particle volume.

溴化物或碘化物离子向粒子内深度方向上的浓度分布,可利用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS(Time of Flight-Secondary lon Mass Spectrometry)法,例如,使用Phi Erans社制TRIFT II型TOF-SIMS进行测定。关于TOF-SIMS法,具体记载在日本表面科学会编「表面分析技术选出二次イオン质量分析法」丸善株式会社(1999年发行)中。当使用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法解析乳剂粒子时,碘化物盐溶液的添加,即使在粒子的内侧结束,也能分析出碘化物离子向粒子表面渗透。本发明的乳剂,利用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析,最好碘化物离子在粒子表面具有极大浓度,向内侧碘化物离子浓度逐渐降低,而溴化物离子最好在粒子内部具有极大浓度。溴化银的局部浓度,若溴化银含量高到某程度的话,也可用X线折射法进行测定。The concentration distribution of bromide or iodide ions in the depth direction of the particle can be determined by etching/TOF-SIMS (Time of Flight-Secondary lon Mass Spectrometry), for example, using TRIFT II TOF-SIMS manufactured by Phi Erans Determination. The TOF-SIMS method is specifically described in "Secondary Ion Mass Analysis Method Selected by Surface Analysis Technology" edited by the Japanese Society for Surface Science (issued in 1999) by Maruzen Co., Ltd. When analyzing emulsion particles using the etching/TOF-SIMS method, even if the addition of iodide salt solution ends inside the particles, it can be analyzed that iodide ions permeate to the particle surface. The emulsion of the present invention is analyzed by the etching/TOF-SIMS method. It is preferable that the iodide ion has a maximum concentration on the particle surface, and the iodide ion concentration gradually decreases towards the inside, while the bromide ion preferably has a maximum concentration inside the particle. . The local concentration of silver bromide, if the silver bromide content is high enough, can also be determined by X-ray refraction.

本发明卤化银乳剂的电子释放时间,最好从10-5秒~10秒之间。此时所说的电子释放时间,是对卤化银乳剂给以曝光时,卤化银结晶中产生的光电子由存在于结晶中的电子陷阱所捕获到再次放出的时间。电子释放时间短于10-6秒时,难以获得高照度曝光、高感度、硬调灰度,当长于10秒时,到曝光后短时间处理期间,会产生潜像增感的问题。电子释放时间,更好10-4~10秒之间,最好10-3~1秒之间。The electron emission time of the silver halide emulsion of the present invention is preferably from 10 -5 seconds to 10 seconds. The electron release time referred to here is the time from when the silver halide emulsion is exposed to light, the photoelectrons generated in the silver halide crystal are captured by the electron traps existing in the crystal until they are released again. When the electron release time is shorter than 10 -6 seconds, it is difficult to obtain high-illuminance exposure, high sensitivity, and hard-tone grayscale. When it is longer than 10 seconds, the problem of latent image sensitization will occur during the short-time processing period after exposure. The electron release time is preferably between 10 -4 and 10 seconds, most preferably between 10 -3 and 1 second.

电子释放时间可用双脉冲光传导法进行测定。使用微波光传导法或辐射波光传导法,给与1次触发的短时间曝光。之后在某一定时间后,给与2次触发的短时间曝光。在第1次触发曝光中,卤化银结晶中的电子陷阱捕获电子,随后给与第2次触发曝光时,由于电子陷阱堵塞,第2次触发的光传导信号变大。将2次曝光间隔设置在十分钟,在第1次触发曝光下,电子陷阱捕获的电子已释放出时,第2次触发的光传导信号大致恢复到原来大小。如改变2次曝光间隔,采集第2次触发的光传导信号强度的曝光间隔依赖性,测定随着曝光间隔第2次触发的光传导信号强度减小的情况。这表示光电子由电子陷阱的释放时间。电子释放,有时在曝光后某一段时间内连续进行,但好的在10-5~10秒间观测徐徐释放。更好在10-4~10秒间观测释放,最好在10-3~1秒间观测徐徐释放。The electron release time can be measured by double-pulse photoconduction method. Using the microwave photoconduction method or the radiation wave photoconduction method, a short exposure time is given once triggered. Then, after a certain period of time, two trigger short-time exposures were given. In the first trigger exposure, the electron traps in the silver halide crystal capture electrons, and then when the second trigger exposure is given, the photoconduction signal of the second trigger becomes larger due to the blockage of the electron traps. The interval between the two exposures was set at ten minutes. Under the first trigger exposure, when the electrons captured by the electron trap had been released, the photoconduction signal of the second trigger roughly returned to its original size. For example, if the interval between two exposures is changed, the exposure interval dependence of the intensity of the light transmission signal triggered at the second time is collected, and the decrease of the intensity of the light transmission signal triggered at the second time is measured along with the exposure interval. This represents the release time of photoelectrons from electron traps. Electron release may continue for a certain period of time after exposure, but it is better to observe gradual release within 10 -5 to 10 seconds. It is more preferable to observe the release between 10 -4 and 10 seconds, and it is more preferable to observe the gradual release between 10 -3 and 1 second.

本发明卤化银乳剂中的特定卤化银粒子最好含有铱。作为铱的化合物,最好是具有6个配位基以铱为中心金属的6配位络合体;由于均匀进入卤化银结晶中,最为理想。作为本发明中使用铱的一种最佳形态,好的是具有将Cl、Br或I作配位基,以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体,更好是全部6个配位基由Cl、Br或I形成,以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体。这时6配位络合体中,Cl、Br或I可混合存在。具有将Cl、Br或I作配位基,以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体,为了获得高照度曝光、硬调灰度,最好是包含在含溴化银相中。The specific silver halide grains in the silver halide emulsion of the present invention preferably contain iridium. As a compound of iridium, it is best to have a 6-coordinate complex with 6 ligands and iridium as the central metal; since it enters into the silver halide crystal uniformly, it is the most ideal. As a best form of iridium used in the present invention, it is better to have Cl, Br or I as a ligand, with Ir as the central metal's 6-coordinate complex, more preferably all 6 ligands Formed from Cl, Br or I, with Ir as the central metal, a 6-coordinate complex. At this time, in the 6-coordinate complex, Cl, Br or I may exist in admixture. The 6-coordinate complex with Cl, Br or I as the ligand and Ir as the central metal is preferably included in the silver bromide-containing phase in order to obtain high-illuminance exposure and hard gray tone.

以下列举全部6个配位基由Cl、Br或I形成、以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体实例,本发明中的铱并不仅限于这些。Examples of six-coordinate complexes in which all six ligands are formed of Cl, Br or I and Ir is the central metal are listed below, and iridium in the present invention is not limited to these.

[IrCl6]2- [IrCl 6 ] 2-

[IrCl6]3- [IrCl 6 ] 3-

[IrBr6]2- [IrBr 6 ] 2-

[IrBr6]3- [IrBr 6 ] 3-

[IrI6]3- [IrI 6 ] 3-

作为本发明中使用铱的不同最佳形态,好的是具有至少将1个非卤素作配位基,以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体,好的是具有将H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作配位基、以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体,更好是具有至少将1个H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作配位基、其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成、以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体。最好的是具有将1个或2个5-甲基噻唑作配位基、其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体。As different optimal forms of iridium used in the present invention, it is better to have at least one non-halogen as a ligand and a hexa-coordinate complex with Ir as the central metal, and it is better to have H 2 O, OH , O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as the ligand, and a 6-coordinate complex with Ir as the central metal, preferably with at least one H 2 O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as the The ligand and the rest of the ligand are formed by Cl, Br or I, and a 6-coordinate complex with Ir as the central metal. The best is a 6-coordinate complex with one or two 5-methylthiazoles as ligands and the rest of the ligands being Cl, Br or I, with Ir as the central metal.

以下列举出具有至少将1个H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作配位基,其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成、以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体实例,但本发明中的铱并不限于这些。The following list has at least one H 2 O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as a ligand, and the rest of the ligands are formed by Cl, Br or I, with Ir as the central metal. specific examples, but iridium in the present invention is not limited to these.

[Ir(H2O)Cl5]2- [Ir(H 2 O)Cl 5 ] 2-

[Ir(H2O)2Cl4]- [Ir(H 2 O) 2 Cl 4 ] -

[Ir(H2O)Br5]2- [Ir(H 2 O)Br 5 ] 2-

[Ir(H2O)2Br4]- [Ir(H 2 O) 2 Br 4 ] -

[Ir(OH)Cl5]3- [Ir(OH)Cl 5 ] 3-

[Ir(OH)2Cl4]3- [Ir(OH) 2 Cl 4 ] 3-

[Ir(OH)Br5]3- [Ir(OH)Br 5 ] 3-

[Ir(OH)2Br4]3- [Ir(OH) 2 Br 4 ] 3-

[Ir(O)Cl5]4- [Ir(O)Cl 5 ] 4-

[Ir(O)2Cl4]5- [Ir(O) 2 Cl 4 ] 5-

[Ir(O)Br5]4- [Ir(O)Br 5 ] 4-

[Ir(O)2Br4]3- [Ir(O) 2 Br 4 ] 3-

[Ir(OCN)Cl5]3- [Ir(OCN)Cl 5 ] 3-

[Ir(OCN)Br5]3- [Ir(OCN)Br 5 ] 3-

[Ir(噻唑)Cl5]2- [Ir(thiazole)Cl 5 ] 2-

[Ir(噻唑)2Cl4]- [Ir(thiazole) 2 Cl 4 ] -

[Ir(噻唑)Br5]2- [Ir(thiazole)Br 5 ] 2-

[Ir(噻唑)2Br4]- [Ir(thiazole) 2 Br 4 ] -

[Ir(5-甲基噻唑)Cl5]2- [Ir(5-methylthiazole)Cl 5 ] 2-

[Ir(5-甲基噻唑)2Cl4]- [Ir(5-methylthiazole) 2 Cl 4 ] -

[Ir(5-甲基噻唑)Br5]2- [Ir(5-methylthiazole)Br 5 ] 2-

[Ir(5-甲基噻唑)2Br4]- [Ir(5-methylthiazole) 2 Br 4 ] -

只要单独使用以下中的任何一个,即可完成本发明的课题,即,全部6个配位基由Cl、Br或I形成并以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体、或具有至少将1个H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作配位基、其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成并以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体。然而,为了进一步提高本发明效果,最好并用全部6个配位基由Cl、Br或I形成并以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体、和具有至少将1个H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作配位基、其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成并以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体。进而,具有至少将1个H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑作配位基、其余配位基由Cl、Br或I形成并以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体,最好用由其中2种配位基(H2O、OH、O、OCN、噻唑或置换噻唑中的1种,和Cl、Br或I中的1种)构成的络合体。As long as any one of the following is used alone, the subject of the present invention can be accomplished, that is, a 6-coordinate complex with Ir as the central metal having all 6 ligands formed by Cl, Br or I, or having at least A 6-coordinate complex with one H 2 O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as a ligand, the rest of the ligands are formed by Cl, Br or I, and Ir is the central metal. However, in order to further improve the effect of the present invention, it is best to use a 6-coordinate complex with all 6 ligands formed by Cl, Br or I and Ir as the central metal, and at least one H 2 O, OH , O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as the ligand, and the rest of the ligands are formed by Cl, Br or I and Ir is the 6-coordinate complex of the central metal. Furthermore, a 6-coordination complex with at least one H2O , OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole as a ligand, the rest of the ligands are formed by Cl, Br or I, and Ir is the central metal , it is best to use a complex composed of two kinds of ligands (one of H 2 O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or substituted thiazole, and one of Cl, Br or I).

以上列举的金属络合体是阴离子,与阳离子形成盐时,作为其对阳离子最好是容易溶于水的。具体讲,最好是钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子和锂离子等碱金属离子,氨离子、烷基氨离子。对这些金属络合体可溶解在除水之外,与水混合的适当有机溶剂(例如,醇类、醚类、乙二醇类、酮类、酯类、酰胺类等)的混合溶剂中使用。这些铱络合体,在粒子形成中,每1摩尔银,好的添加1×10-10摩尔~1×10-3摩尔,最好添加1×10-8摩尔~1×10-5摩尔。The metal complexes listed above are anions, and when forming salts with cations, it is preferable that the counter cations are easily soluble in water. Specifically, alkali metal ions such as sodium ions, potassium ions, rubidium ions, cesium ions, and lithium ions, ammonia ions, and alkylammonium ions are preferable. These metal complexes can be dissolved in a mixed solvent of an appropriate organic solvent (for example, alcohols, ethers, glycols, ketones, esters, amides, etc.) mixed with water in addition to water. . These iridium complexes are preferably added in a range of 1×10 -10 mol to 1×10 -3 mol, more preferably 1×10 -8 mol to 1×10 -5 mol, per mol of silver during particle formation.

本发明中,上述铱络合物,在形成卤化银粒子时,直接添加到反应溶液中,或添加到形成卤化银粒子的卤化物水溶液中,或添加到其他的溶液中,通过添加到粒子形成反应溶液中,能很好地进入到卤化银粒子内。以预先使铱络合体进到粒子内的微粒子进行物理熟成,也能很好地进入到卤化银粒子内。进而将这些方法组合也能包含在卤化银粒子内。In the present invention, the above-mentioned iridium complex is directly added to the reaction solution when forming silver halide particles, or added to the halide aqueous solution forming silver halide particles, or added to other solutions, and formed by adding to the particles. In the reaction solution, it can well enter into the silver halide particles. Physical aging is carried out with microparticles in which iridium complexes are preliminarily incorporated into the particles, and the silver halide complexes can also be well incorporated into the silver halide particles. Furthermore, a combination of these methods can also be included in the silver halide particles.

使这些络合体进入卤化银粒子中时,也可以均匀存在于粒子内部,但特开平4-208936号、特开平2-125245号、特开平3-188437号公开的形式,可以只存在粒子表面层,只在粒子内部存在络合体而在粒子表面上附加了不含络合体的层也可以。美国专利第5252451号和第5256530号说明书中公开的是以使络合体进入到粒子内部的微粒子进行物理熟成,改质粒子表面相。也可以使用这种方法组合,可将数种络合体组合到一个卤化银粒子内。含上述络合体位置的卤素组成,没有特殊限制,最好是使全部6个配位基由Cl、Br或I形成并以Ir为中心金属的6配位络合体存在于溴化银浓度极大的部位。When these complexes enter the silver halide particles, they can also be uniformly present inside the particles, but in the forms disclosed in JP-A-4-208936, JP-A-2-125245, and JP-A-3-188437, only the surface of the particles can be present. layer, a complex body exists only inside the particle and a layer not containing the complex body may be added on the surface of the particle. US Pat. No. 5,252,451 and No. 5,256,530 disclose physical aging of microparticles in which complexes enter the interior of the particles to modify the surface phase of the particles. This combination of methods can also be used to combine several complexes into one silver halide particle. The halogen composition of the above-mentioned complex position is not particularly limited. It is best to make all 6 ligands formed by Cl, Br or I and the 6-coordinate complex with Ir as the central metal exists at a concentration of silver bromide Huge portion.

本发明中,在卤化银粒子的内部和/或表面,可掺杂除铱以外的其他金属离子。作为所用金属离子最好是过渡金属离子。其中,好的是铁、钌、锇、铅、镉、或锌。更好使用这些金属离子伴随着配位子形成的6配位八面体型络合体。在将无机化合物用作配位子时,最好使用氰化物离子、卤化物离子、硫化氰、氢氧化物离子、过氧化物离子、叠氮化物离子、亚硝酸离子、水、氨、亚硝酰离子、或硫代亚硝酰离子,最好使用上述铁、钌、锇、铅、镉、或锌中的任何金属离子进行配位,也可以在1个络合体分子中使用数种配位子。作为配位子也可使用有机化合物,作为好的有机化合物,有主链碳数在5以下的链状化合物和/或5元环或6元环的杂环化合物,好的有机化合物是分子内具有将氮原子、磷原子、氧原子或硫原子作为对金属的配位原子的化合物,好的是呋喃、噻吩、唑、异唑、噻唑、异噻唑、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、巴西烷、胆色烷、吡啶、哒嗪、嘧啶、吡嗪。更好是将这些化合物作为骨架,向它们导入置换基的化合物。In the present invention, metal ions other than iridium may be doped inside and/or on the surface of the silver halide particles. The metal ions used are preferably transition metal ions. Among them, iron, ruthenium, osmium, lead, cadmium, or zinc is preferable. It is better to use a 6-coordinate octahedral type complex formed by these metal ions accompanied by ligands. When using inorganic compounds as ligands, it is best to use cyanide ions, halide ions, cyanogen sulfide, hydroxide ions, peroxide ions, azide ions, nitrite ions, water, ammonia, nitrous Acyl ions, or thionitrosyl ions, preferably use any metal ion in the above-mentioned iron, ruthenium, osmium, lead, cadmium, or zinc for coordination, and several kinds of coordination can also be used in one complex molecule. seat. Organic compounds can also be used as ligands. As good organic compounds, there are chain compounds with main chain carbon number below 5 and/or heterocyclic compounds with 5-membered or 6-membered rings. Good organic compounds are intramolecular A compound having a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a coordination atom to a metal, preferably furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, Basilane, Cholechromane, Pyridine, Pyridazine, Pyrimidine, Pyrazine. More preferably, these compounds are used as a skeleton and a substituent is introduced into them.

作为好的金属离子和配位子的组合,是铁离子和钌离子和氰化物离子的组合。本发明中,也可将铱和这些化合物并用。这些化合物中,氰化物离子在对中心金属铁或钌的配位数中,最好占据过半数,其余配位部分,好的由硫化氰、氨、水、亚硝酰离子、二甲基亚砜、吡啶、吡嗪、或4,4’-二吡啶占据。最好是中心金属的6个配位部分全部由氰化物占据,能形成六氰铁络合体或六氰钌络合体。这些将氰化物离子作配位子的络合体,在粒子形成中,好的是每1摩尔银添加1×10-8~1×10-2摩尔,最好添加1×10-6~5×10-4摩尔。在以钌和锇为中心金属时,好的是将亚硝酰离子、硫代亚硝酰离子、或水分子和氯化物离子作为配位子共同使用。更好是形成五氯亚硝酰络合体、五氯硫代亚硝酰络合物、或五氯水络合体,也可形成六氯络合物。这些络合物,在粒子形成中,每1摩尔银,好的添加1×10-10~1×10-6摩尔、更好添加1×10-9~1×10-6摩尔。A good combination of metal ions and ligands is a combination of iron ions, ruthenium ions, and cyanide ions. In the present invention, iridium and these compounds can also be used in combination. In these compounds, cyanide ions preferably occupy more than half of the coordination numbers to the central metal iron or ruthenium, and the remaining coordination parts are preferably composed of cyanogen sulfide, ammonia, water, nitrosyl ions, and dimethyl sulfide. Occupied by sulfone, pyridine, pyrazine, or 4,4'-dipyridine. Preferably, the six coordination parts of the central metal are all occupied by cyanide, which can form a hexacyanoferric complex or a hexacyanoruthenium complex. For these complexes using cyanide ions as ligands, in the formation of particles, it is preferable to add 1×10 -8 to 1×10 -2 moles per 1 mole of silver, preferably 1×10 -6 to 5 ×10 -4 mol. When ruthenium and osmium are used as the central metal, it is preferable to use nitrosyl ions, thionitrosyl ions, or water molecules and chloride ions together as ligands. More preferably, a pentachloronitrosyl complex, a pentachlorothionitrosyl complex, or a pentachlorohydro complex is formed, and a hexachloro complex may also be formed. These complexes are preferably added in an amount of 1×10 -10 to 1×10 -6 mol, more preferably 1×10 -9 to 1× 10 -6 mol, per 1 mol of silver during particle formation.

本发明的卤化银乳剂,组合使用数种过渡金属络合体,可获得更高感度、低浓度部分的灰度为硬调、高照度下的互易律特性优良的乳剂。所用过渡金属络合体,以高感化、硬调化、互易律改进为目的时,好的是使用至少3种以上的络合体,为获得互易律特性更宽的优良乳剂,更好使用4种以上的过渡金属络合体。为了使低浓度部分的灰度硬调化,所用络合体中至少1种,最好使用以钌或锇为中心金属的过渡金属络合体,最适宜用于构成2卤化银粒子的情况。In the silver halide emulsion of the present invention, several kinds of transition metal complexes are used in combination to obtain an emulsion with higher sensitivity, hard gray tone at low concentration, and excellent reciprocity law characteristics under high illuminance. When the transition metal complex used is aimed at high sensitivity, hard adjustment, and reciprocity law improvement, it is better to use at least three or more complexes. In order to obtain an excellent emulsion with wider reciprocity law characteristics, it is better Four or more transition metal complexes are used. In order to harden the gradation of the low-concentration portion, at least one complex is used, preferably a transition metal complex with ruthenium or osmium as the central metal, and is most suitable for constituting two silver halide particles.

本发明卤化银乳剂中所含卤化银粒子的平均粒子尺寸(取与粒子投影面等价圆的直径,作为粒子尺寸,取平均数)好的为0.1-2μm。这些粒子尺寸分布最好是变动系数(用平均粒子尺寸除以粒子尺寸分布的标准偏差)在20%以下,好的15%以下、更好在10%以下的所谓分散的。这时,以获得更宽的宽容度为目的,将上述单分散乳剂在同一层内掺合使用,也可进行重层涂布。The average particle size of the silver halide grains contained in the silver halide emulsion of the present invention (the diameter of a circle equivalent to the projected surface of the grains is taken as the grain size, and the average number) is preferably 0.1-2 μm. These particle size distributions are preferably so-called dispersed with a coefficient of variation (divided by the average particle size by the standard deviation of the particle size distribution) of 20% or less, preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less. In this case, for the purpose of obtaining a wider latitude, the above-mentioned monodisperse emulsions are mixed and used in the same layer, and double-layer coating can also be performed.

在本发明的卤化银乳剂中,除了含有本发明中定义的卤化银乳剂中所含的卤化银粒子(即,特定的卤化银粒子)之外,也可含其他卤化银粒子。然而,本发明中定义的卤化银乳剂中所含的卤化银粒子,在卤化银乳剂中总卤化银粒子的投影面积50%以上是好的,更好80%以上。The silver halide emulsion of the present invention may contain other silver halide grains in addition to the silver halide grains contained in the silver halide emulsion defined in the present invention (that is, specific silver halide grains). However, for the silver halide grains contained in the silver halide emulsion defined in the present invention, the projected area of the total silver halide grains in the silver halide emulsion is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 80% or more.

本发明卤化银乳剂的潜像氧化电位,好的高于70mV,更好高于100mV。所谓潜像氧化电位高于70mV,是指潜像的耐氧化性比较强。潜像的氧化电位,可以利用照相、感光性(Photo graphic Sensitivity Oxford University Press,Tadaaki Tani 1995)103页等公知资料中记功的方法进行测定。具体讲是对卤化银乳剂的涂布物赋予0.1秒的灰度曝光,显像前在各种电位的氧化还原浴中浸渍,研究潜像被漂白的电位。The latent image oxidation potential of the silver halide emulsion of the present invention is preferably higher than 70mV, more preferably higher than 100mV. The so-called latent image oxidation potential higher than 70mV means that the latent image has relatively strong oxidation resistance. The oxidation potential of the latent image can be measured by a method recorded in known materials such as photography and photosensitivity (Photographic Sensitivity Oxford University Press, Tadaaki Tani 1995) 103 pages. Specifically, 0.1-second grayscale exposure was given to the coated silver halide emulsion, and the potential at which the latent image was bleached was studied by immersing it in a redox bath of various potentials before image development.

本发明的卤化银乳剂,通常实施化学增感。对于化学增感法,可单独或并用以添加不稳定硫化合物为代表的硫增感,以金增感为代表的贵金属增感,或还原增感等。关于化学增感中使用的化合物,最好使用特开昭62-215272号中第18页右下栏到第22页右上栏中记载的化合物。这些中,最好实施金增感。通过实施金增感,是因为在利用激光等进行扫描曝光时可进一步减小照相性能的变动。The silver halide emulsion of the present invention is usually chemically sensitized. For the chemical sensitization method, sulfur sensitization represented by the addition of unstable sulfur compounds, noble metal sensitization represented by gold sensitization, or reduction sensitization can be used alone or in combination. As the compound used for chemical sensitization, it is preferable to use the compounds described in the lower right column on page 18 to the upper right column on page 22 of JP-A-62-215272. Among these, it is preferable to implement gold sensitization. The reason for the gold sensitization is that the variation in photographic performance can be further reduced during scanning exposure with laser light or the like.

在对本发明的卤化银乳剂实施金增感中,可利用各种无机金化合物和具有无机配位子的金(I)络合体,以及具有有机配位子的金(I)化合物。作为无机金化合物,例如可使用氯化金酸或其盐,作为具有无机配位子的金(I)络合物,例如可使用二硫化氰酸金(I)钾等二硫化氰酸金化合物和二硫代硫酸金(I)3钠等二硫代硫酸金化合物等化合物。For gold sensitization of the silver halide emulsion of the present invention, various inorganic gold compounds and gold (I) complexes having inorganic ligands, and gold (I) compounds having organic ligands can be used. As an inorganic gold compound, for example, gold chloride or its salt can be used, and as a gold (I) complex having an inorganic ligand, for example, a gold disulfide cyanate compound such as gold (I) potassium disulfide cyanate can be used. And dithiosulfate gold (I) 3 sodium and other compounds such as gold dithiosulfate compounds.

本发明的卤化银乳剂,最好是用胶态状硫化金或金的络稳定常数logβ2为21~35的金增感剂进行金增感。胶态状硫化金的制造方法记载在研究,公开(Reserch Disclosure,37154)、离子化固态(Solid State lonics)第79卷、60~66页、1995年刊、Compt.Rend.Hebt.Seances Acad.Sci.Sect.B第263卷、1328页、1966年刊等中。作为胶态状硫化金,可利用各种尺寸的,可利用粒径50nm以下的。添加量可根据情况在很宽范围内变动,作为金原子,每1摩尔卤化银,为5×10-7~5×10-3摩尔,最好5×10-6~5×10-4摩尔。本发明中,也可以将金增感与其他的增感法,例如,硫增感、硒增感、碲增感、还原增感,或使用金化合物以外的贵金属增感等进行组合。The silver halide emulsion of the present invention is preferably gold-sensitized using colloidal gold sulfide or a gold sensitizer whose complex stability constant logβ2 of gold is 21-35. The production method of colloidal gold sulfide is described in Research, Open (Reserch Disclosure, 37154), Ionized Solid State (Solid State lonics) Vol. 79, pp. 60-66, 1995, Compt.Rend.Hebt.Seances Acad.Sci .Sect.B Volume 263, Page 1328, 1966, etc. As the colloidal gold sulfide, those having various sizes can be used, and those having a particle diameter of 50 nm or less can be used. The amount of addition can be changed in a wide range according to the situation. As gold atoms, per 1 mole of silver halide, it is 5×10 -7 ~ 5×10 -3 moles, preferably 5×10 -6 ~ 5×10 -4 moles . In the present invention, gold sensitization can also be combined with other sensitization methods, for example, sulfur sensitization, selenium sensitization, tellurium sensitization, reduction sensitization, or sensitization using noble metals other than gold compounds.

以下关于金的络稳定常数logβ2为21~35的金增感剂进行说明。A gold sensitizer having a gold complex stability constant logβ2 of 21 to 35 will be described below.

对于金的络稳定常数logβ2的测定,可应用以下文献中记载的测定方法,如综合配位化学(Comprehenslve Coordination Chemistry、第55章、864页、1987年)、元素电化学百科全书(Encyclopedia of Electrochemistry of theElements、第IV-3章、1975年)、荷兰皇家化学协会杂志(Journal of the RoyalNetherlands Chemical Soci ety 101卷、164页,1982年)、及它们的参考文献。测定温度为25℃,PH用磷酸二氢钾、磷酸氢二钠缓冲液调整为6.0,离子强度通过从0.1M(KBr)的条件下获得的金电位值计算出logβ2的值来求出。在本测定方法中,硫化氰酸离子的logβ2的值为20.5,获得了与文献(综合配位化学(Comprehensive Coordination Chemitry 1987年,第55章、864页、表2))中记载的20很接近的值。For the determination of the complex stability constant logβ2 of gold, the determination methods recorded in the following documents can be applied, such as comprehensive coordination chemistry (Comprehenslve Coordination Chemistry, chapter 55, page 864, 1987), Encyclopedia of Element Electrochemistry (Encyclopedia of Electrochemistry of the Elements, Chapter IV-3, 1975), Journal of the Royal Netherlands Chemical Society (Journal of the Royal Netherlands Chemical Society Vol. 101, p. 164, 1982), and their references. The measurement temperature was 25°C, the pH was adjusted to 6.0 with potassium dihydrogen phosphate and disodium hydrogen phosphate buffer solution, and the ionic strength was obtained by calculating the value of logβ2 from the gold potential value obtained under the condition of 0.1M (KBr). In this assay method, the value of logβ2 of sulfocyanate ion is 20.5, which is very close to the value of 20 recorded in the literature (Comprehensive Coordination Chemistry (Comprehensive Coordination Chemistry 1987, Chapter 55, Page 864, Table 2)). close value.

本发明中金的络稳定常数logβ2为21~35的金增感剂,最好用下述一般式(I)表示。In the present invention, the gold sensitizer whose complex stability constant logβ2 of gold is 21-35 is preferably represented by the following general formula (I).

一般式(I){(L1)x(Au)y(L2)z·Qq}p General formula (I){(L 1 ) x (Au) y (L 2 ) z Q q } p

式(I)中,L1和L2表示logβ2的值为21~35之间的化合物。好的是22~31间的化合物,更好是24~28间的化合物。In formula (I), L 1 and L 2 represent compounds whose logβ 2 value is between 21 and 35. Preferable is the compound between 22-31, more preferably the compound between 24-28.

例如,L1和L2表示至少含有1个与卤化银反应能生成硫化银的不稳定硫基的化合物、Z内酰脲化合物、硫醚化合物、介离子化合物、-SR’、杂环化合物、磷化氢化合物、氨基酸衍生物、糖衍生物、硫氰基,这些可以相同,也可以不同。其中R’表示脂肪族烃、芳基、杂环基、酰基、氨基甲酰基、硫代氨基甲酰基、或磺酰基。For example, L 1 and L 2 represent compounds containing at least one unstable sulfur group that can react with silver halide to generate silver sulfide, Z-lactoin compounds, thioether compounds, mesoionic compounds, -SR', heterocyclic compounds, Phosphine compounds, amino acid derivatives, sugar derivatives, and thiocyano groups may be the same or different. wherein R' represents aliphatic hydrocarbon, aryl, heterocyclic, acyl, carbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, or sulfonyl.

Q表示在将化合物的电荷形成中性时所需要的对阴离子或对阳离子,X和Z表示0~4的整数、y和p表示1或2,q表示含小数的0~1的值。但是,X和Z任何一个都不能为0。Q represents a counter anion or a counter cation required to neutralize the charge of a compound, X and Z represent an integer of 0 to 4, y and p represent 1 or 2, and q represents a value of 0 to 1 including decimals. However, neither X nor Z can be 0.

作为一般式(I)表示好的化合物,L1和L2表示至少含有1个与卤化银反应能生成硫化银的不稳定硫基的化合物、乙内酰脲化合物、硫醚化合物、介离子化合物、-SR’、杂环化合物、或磷化氢化合物,x、y和z分别表示1。As a good compound represented by the general formula (I), L1 and L2 represent compounds containing at least one unstable sulfur group that can react with silver halide to form silver sulfide, hydantoin compounds, thioether compounds, mesoionic compounds , -SR', a heterocyclic compound, or a phosphine compound, x, y, and z represent 1, respectively.

作为一般式(I)表示的化合物,更好L1和L2表示至少含有1个与卤化银反应能生成硫化银的不稳定硫基的化合物、介离子化合物或-SR’,x、y和z分别表示1。As a compound represented by the general formula (I), better L and L represent at least one compound, mesoionic compound or -SR' containing at least one unstable sulfur group that can react with silver halide to generate silver sulfide, x, y and z represents 1, respectively.

以下对一般式(I)表示的金化合物作更详细的说明。The gold compound represented by the general formula (I) will be described in more detail below.

作为一般式(I)中L1和L2表示的具有与卤化银反应能生成硫化银的不稳定硫基的化合物,在硫酮类(例如,硫尿类、硫酰胺类、或硫氰酸类等)、硫代磷酸酯类、硫代硫酸类。As the compound represented by L1 and L2 in general formula (I) having an unstable sulfur group that can react with silver halide to generate silver sulfide, in thioketones (for example, thioureas, sulfamides, or thiocyanate class, etc.), phosphorothioate, thiosulfuric acid.

作为至少含有一个与卤化银反应能生成硫化银的不稳定硫基的最好化合物,有硫酮类(最好硫尿类、硫酰胺类等)、硫代硫酸类。As the most preferable compounds containing at least one unstable sulfur group that can react with silver halide to form silver sulfide, there are thiones (preferably thioureas, sulfamides, etc.), and thiosulfuric acids.

以下,作为一般式(I)中,以L1和L2表示的乙内酰脲化合物,例如有无置换的乙内酰脲、N-甲基乙内酰脲等;作为硫醚化合物,有含有1-8个硫基,由它们置换或无置换的直链或支链的烷撑基(例如,乙烯、三乙烯等)、或用苯撑基连接的链状或环状的硫醚(例如,双羟基乙基硫醚、3,6-二硫代-1,8-辛二醇、1,4,8,11-四硫代环十四烷等);作为介离子化合物,有介离子的-3-巯基-1,2,4-三唑类(例如,介离子的-1,4,5-三甲基-3-疏基-1,2,4-三唑等)等。Hereinafter, as the hydantoin compounds represented by L1 and L2 in the general formula (I), for example, hydantoin and N-methylhydantoin with or without replacement; as the thioether compound, there are Containing 1-8 thio groups, substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkylene groups (for example, ethylene, triethylene, etc.), or chain or cyclic thioethers linked by phenylene groups ( For example, bishydroxyethyl sulfide, 3,6-dithio-1,8-octanediol, 1,4,8,11-tetrathiocyclotetradecane, etc.); as mesoionic compounds, there are Ionic-3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazoles (for example, meso-1,4,5-trimethyl-3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, etc.) and the like.

作为一般式(I)中L1和L2表示-SR’时,以R’表示的脂肪族烃基,有1-30个碳原子的置换或无置换直链或支链的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、异丙基、n-丙基、n-丁基、t-丁基、2-戊基、n-己基、n-辛基、t-辛基、2-乙基己基、1,5-二甲基己基、n-癸基、n-十二烷基、n-十四烷基、n-十六烷基、羟乙基、羟丙基、2,3-羟丙基、羧甲基、羧乙基、磺乙基钠、二乙基乙基氨、二乙基丙基氨、丁氧丙基、乙氧乙氧乙基、n-己基氧丙基等)、3-18个碳原子的置换或无置换环状烷基(例如,环丙基、环戊基、环己基、环辛基、金刚铵基、环十二烷基等)、2-16个碳原子的链烯基(例如,烯丙基、2-丁烯基、3-戊烯基等)、2-10个碳原子的炔基(例如,丙炔、3-戊炔等),6-16个碳原子的芳烷基(例如,苯甲基等);作为芳基,有6-20个碳原子的置换或无置换苯基和萘基(例如,无置换苯基、无置换萘基、3,5-二甲基苯基、4-丁氧苯基、4-二甲基氨苯基、2-羧苯基等)等;作为杂环基,例如有置换或无置换的含氮杂环5元环(例如,咪唑基、1,2,4-三唑基、四唑基、二唑基、噻二唑基、苯咪唑基、嘌呤基等)、置换或无置换的含氮杂6元环(例如,吡啶基、哌啶基、1,3,5-三嗪基、4,6-二巯基-1,3,5-三嗪基等)、呋喃基、或噻吩基;作为酰基,例如有乙酰、苯酰等;作为氨基甲酰基,例如有二甲基氨基甲酰基等;作为硫代氨基甲酰基,例如有二乙基硫代氨基甲酰基等;作为磺酰基,有1-10个碳原子置换或无置换的烷基磺酰基(例如甲烷磺酰基、乙烷磺酰基等)、6-16个碳原子的置换或无置换的苯基磺酰基(例如,苯基磺酰基等)。When L1 and L2 in the general formula (I) represent -SR', the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R' has 1-30 carbon atoms substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl (for example, Methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, 2-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, t-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 1,5-Dimethylhexyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-hexadecyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, 2,3-hydroxypropyl , carboxymethyl, carboxyethyl, sodium sulfoethyl, diethylethylamine, diethylpropylammonia, butoxypropyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, n-hexyloxypropyl, etc.), 3 - Substitution or non-substitution cyclic alkyl group of 18 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, adamantium, cyclododecyl, etc.), 2-16 carbon atoms Alkenyl (for example, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl of 2-10 carbon atoms (for example, propyne, 3-pentyne, etc.), 6-16 Aralkyl groups of 6-20 carbon atoms (for example, benzyl, etc.); as aryl, there are substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and naphthyl groups of 6-20 carbon atoms (for example, unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted naphthyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-butoxyphenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 2-carboxyphenyl, etc.); as the heterocyclic group, for example, substituted or unsubstituted aza Ring 5-membered ring (for example, imidazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, purinyl, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing Hetero 6-membered ring (for example, pyridyl, piperidyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 4,6-dimercapto-1,3,5-triazinyl, etc.), furyl, or thienyl; As the acyl group, there are, for example, acetyl, benzoyl, etc.; as the carbamoyl group, for example, there are dimethylcarbamoyl groups, etc.; as the thiocarbamoyl group, there are, for example, diethylthiocarbamoyl groups, etc.; 1-10 carbon atom substituted or non-substituted alkylsulfonyl (such as methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfonyl, etc.), 6-16 carbon atoms substituted or non-substituted phenylsulfonyl (such as phenylsulfonyl acyl, etc.).

作为L1和L2表示的-SR’,好的R’为芳基或杂环基,更好是杂环基,尤其好是5元或6元的含氮杂环基,最好是水溶性基(例如,磺基、羧基、羟基、氨基等)置换的含氮杂环基。As -SR' represented by L1 and L2 , a good R' is an aryl or heterocyclic group, more preferably a heterocyclic group, especially a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group, preferably a water-soluble A nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group substituted with a neutral group (for example, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, etc.).

作为一般式(I)中,L1和L2表示的杂环化合物,有置换或无置换的含氮5元杂环类(例如,吡咯类、咪唑类、吡唑类、1,2,3-三唑类、1,2,4-三唑类、四唑类、唑类、异唑类、异噻唑类、二唑类、噻二唑类、吡咯烷类、吡咯啉类、咪唑烷类、咪唑啉类、吡唑烷类、吡唑啉类、乙内酰脲类等)、和含有该5元环的杂环类(吲哚类、异吲哚类、吲哚烷类、吲唑、苯咪唑类、嘌呤类、苯三唑、咔唑类、四吖茚类、苯噻唑类、吲哚啉类等)、置换或无置换的含氮6元杂环类(例如,吡啶类、吡嗪类、嘧啶类、哒嗪类、三嗪类、噻二嗪类、哌啶类、哌嗪类、吗啉类等)、和含有该6元环的杂环类(例如,喹啉类、异喹啉类、酞嗪类、萘啶类、喹嗪类、喹唑啉类、喋啶类、菲啶类、吖啶类、非绕啉类、吩嗪类等)、置换或无置换的呋喃类、置换或无置换的噻吩类、苯噻唑盐类等。As the heterocyclic compound represented by L1 and L2 in the general formula (I), substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic rings (for example, pyrroles, imidazoles, pyrazoles, 1,2,3 - Triazoles, 1,2,4-triazoles, tetrazoles, oxazoles, isoxazoles, isothiazoles, oxadiazoles, thiadiazoles, pyrrolidines, pyrrolines, imidazolidines, imidazolines, pyrazolidines, pyrazolines, hydantoins, etc.), and heterocycles containing the 5-membered ring (indole, isoindole, indole , indazoles, benzoimidazoles, purines, benzotriazoles, carbazoles, tetraacrines, benzothiazoles, indolines, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic rings (for example, pyridines, pyrazines, pyrimidines, pyridazines, triazines, thiadiazines, piperidines, piperazines, morpholines, etc.), and heterocycles containing the 6-membered ring (for example, Quinolines, isoquinolines, phthalazines, naphthyridines, quinozines, quinazolines, pteridines, phenanthridines, acridines, non-ortholines, phenazines, etc.), replacement Or unsubstituted furans, substituted or unsubstituted thiophenes, benzothiazolium salts, etc.

作为L1和L2表示的杂环化合物,最好是不饱和的含氮5元或6元杂环类、或含有它们的杂环类,例如,有吡咯类、咪唑类、吡唑类、1,2,4-三唑类、二唑类、噻二唑类、咪唑啉类、吲哚类、吲啶类、吲唑类、苯咪唑类、嘌呤类、苯三唑类、咔唑类、四吖茚类、苯噻唑类、吡啶类、吡嗪类、嘧啶类、哒嗪类、三嗪类、喹啉类、异喹啉类、酞嗪类等,进而,本领域内作为防灰雾剂,最好的公知杂环化合物(例如,吲唑类、苯咪唑类、苯三唑类、四吖茚类等)。The heterocyclic compounds represented by L1 and L2 are preferably unsaturated nitrogen-containing 5-membered or 6-membered heterocycles, or heterocycles containing them, for example, pyrroles, imidazoles, pyrazoles, 1,2,4-triazoles, oxadiazoles, thiadiazoles, imidazolines, indoles, indidines, indazoles, benzimidazoles, purines, benzotriazoles, carbazoles Classes, tetraacrines, benzothiazoles, pyridines, pyrazines, pyrimidines, pyridazines, triazines, quinolines, isoquinolines, phthalazines, etc. Foggants, most preferably known heterocyclic compounds (for example, indazoles, benzymidazoles, benzotriazoles, tetraacrines, etc.).

作为一般式(I)中L1和L2表示的磷化氢化合物,表示1-30个碳原子的脂肪族烃基、6-20个碳原子的芳基、杂环基(例如,吡啶基)、置换或无置换的氨基(例如,二甲基氨基等)、和/或烷基氧基(例如,甲氧基、乙氧基等)置换的磷化氢类,最好是由1-10个碳原子的烷基、或6-12个碳原子的芳基置换的磷化氢类(例如,三苯基磷化氢、三乙基磷化氢等)。As the phosphine compound represented by L1 and L2 in the general formula (I), it represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 1-30 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6-20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group (for example, pyridyl) , substituted or unsubstituted amino (for example, dimethylamino, etc.), and/or phosphines substituted with alkyloxy (for example, methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), preferably composed of 1-10 phosphines substituted with alkyl groups of 6-12 carbon atoms or aryl groups of 6-12 carbon atoms (for example, triphenylphosphine, triethylphosphine, etc.).

进而,在上述L1和L2表示的介离子化合物,-SR’、和、杂环化合物中,最好是由与卤化银反应能生成硫化银的不稳定硫基(例如,硫酰脲基等)置换的。Furthermore, in the mesoionic compounds represented by L1 and L2 above, -SR', and, heterocyclic compounds, it is preferable to react with silver halide to generate silver sulfide unstable sulfur group (for example, thioureido group) etc.) replaced.

在上述一般式(I)中L1、L2表示的化合物中也可以具有可限定的置换基,作为置换基,例如有,卤原子(如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)、脂肪族烃基(例如,甲基、乙基、异丙基、n-丙基、t-丁基、n-辛基、环戊基、环己基等)、链烯基(例如,烯丙基、2-丁烯基3-戊烯基等)、炔基(例如,丙炔基、3-戊炔基等)、芳烷基(例如、苄基、苯乙基等)、芳基(例如,苯基、萘基、4-甲苯基等)、杂环基(例如、吡啶基、呋喃基、咪唑基、哌啶基、吗啉基等)、烷基氧基(例如,甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基、2-乙基己氧基、乙氧乙氧基、甲氧乙氧基等)、芳氧基(例如,苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、氨基(例如,无置换氨基、二甲氨基、二乙氨基、二丙氨基、二丁氨基、乙氨基、二苄氨基、苯胺基等)、酰氨基(例如,乙酰氨基、苯酰氨基等)、脲基(例如,无置换脲基、N-甲基脲基、N-苯基脲基等)、硫脲基(例如,无置换硫脲基、N-甲基硫脲基、N-苯基硫脲基等)、硒脲基(例如,无置换硒脲基等)、磷化氢硒化物基(如二苯基磷化氢硒化物等)、碲脲基(例如,无置换碲脲基等)、尿烷基(例如,甲氧羰氨基、苯氧羰氨基等)、磺酰胺基(例如,甲基磺酰胺、苯基磺酰胺等)、氨磺酰基(例如,无置换氨磺酰基、N,N-二甲基氨磺酰基、N-苯基氨磺酰基等)、氨基甲酰基(例如,无置换氨基甲酰基、N,N-二乙基氨基甲酰基、N-苯基氨基甲酰基等)、磺酰基(例如,甲烷磺酰基、P-甲苯磺酰基等)、亚磺酰基(例如,甲基亚磺酰基、苯基亚磺酰基等)、烷氧羰基(例如,甲氧羰基、乙氧羰基等)、芳氧羰基(例如,苯氧羰基等)、酰基(例如,乙酰基、苯酰基、甲酰基、丙酰基等)、酰氧基(例如、乙酰氧基、苯酰氧基等)、磷酸酰胺基(例如,N,N-二乙基磷酸酰胺等)、烷硫基(例如,甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(例如,苯硫基等)、氰基、磺基、硫磺酸基、磷化氢酸基、羧基、羟基、巯基、亚羧基、硝基、亚磺基、氨基(例如,三甲氨基等)、磷基、肼基、噻唑基、甲硅烷氧基(t-丁基二甲基甲硅烷氧基、t-丁基二苯基甲硅烷氧基)等。置换基为二个以上时,可以相同也可不同。The compounds represented by L 1 and L 2 in the general formula (I) above may also have definable substituents, such as halogen atoms (such as fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, etc.), aliphatic Alkenyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl (for example, allyl, 2 -butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl (e.g., propynyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, etc.), aryl (e.g., benzene base, naphthyl, 4-tolyl, etc.), heterocyclyl (e.g., pyridyl, furyl, imidazolyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, etc.), alkyloxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy butoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxy, etc.), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), amino (e.g., Unsubstituted amino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, dipropylamino group, dibutylamino group, ethylamino group, dibenzylamino group, anilino group, etc.), amido group (for example, acetylamino group, benzylamino group, etc.), ureido group (such as , non-substituted ureido, N-methylureido, N-phenylureido, etc.), thiourea (for example, non-substituted thiourea, N-methylthiourea, N-phenylthiourea, etc. ), selenourea group (for example, non-substituted selenouride group, etc.), phosphine selenide group (such as diphenylphosphine selenide, etc.), telluride group (for example, non-substituted telluride group, etc.), urine Alkyl (for example, methoxycarbonylamino, phenoxycarbonylamino, etc.), sulfonamide (for example, methylsulfonamide, phenylsulfonamide, etc.), sulfamoyl (for example, non-substituted sulfamoyl, N, N -Dimethylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl, etc.), carbamoyl (for example, non-substituted carbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, etc.) , sulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl, P-toluenesulfonyl, etc.), sulfinyl (for example, methylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl (for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), acyl (e.g., acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, propionyl, etc.), acyloxy (e.g., acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.) , phosphoric acid amido group (for example, N, N-diethyl phosphoric acid amido, etc.), alkylthio (for example, methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), arylthio (for example, phenylthio, etc.), cyano, Sulfo group, sulfuric acid group, phosphine group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, mercapto group, carboxylidene group, nitro group, sulfinyl group, amino group (for example, trimethylamino group, etc.), phosphorus group, hydrazine group, thiazolyl group, siloxy group group (t-butyldimethylsilyloxy, t-butyldiphenylsilyloxy) and the like. When there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different.

以下对一般式(I)中的Q和q进行说明。Q and q in the general formula (I) are explained below.

作为一般式(I)中Q表示的对阴离子,有卤素离子(例如,F-、Cl-、Br-、I-)、四氟硼酸盐离子(BF4 -)、六氟磷酸盐离子(PF6 -)、硫酸离子(SO4 2-)、芳基磺酸盐离子(例如,P-甲苯磺酸盐离子、萘-2,5-二磺酸盐离子等)、羧基离子(例如,醋酸离子、三氟醋酸离子、溴酸离子、安息香酸离子等);作为以Q表示的对阳离子,有碱金属离子(例如,锂离子、钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子等)、碱土类金属离子(例如,镁离子、钙离子等)、置换或无置换氨离子(例如,无置换氨离子、三乙基氨离子、四甲基氨离子等)、置换或无置换的吡啶离子(例如,无置换吡啶离子、4-苯基吡啶离子等)等。进而有质子。q为使化合物的电荷形成中性时Q的数,表示0-1的值,该值可以为小数。As the counter anion represented by Q in the general formula (I), there are halogen ions (for example, F - , Cl - , Br - , I - ), tetrafluoroborate ion (BF 4 - ), hexafluorophosphate ion ( PF 6 - ), sulfate ion (SO 4 2- ), arylsulfonate ion (for example, P-toluenesulfonate ion, naphthalene-2,5-disulfonate ion, etc.), carboxyl ion (for example, Acetate ion, trifluoroacetate ion, bromate ion, benzoic acid ion, etc.); As the counter cation represented by Q, there are alkali metal ions (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion, rubidium ion, cesium ion, etc.), Alkaline earth metal ions (for example, magnesium ions, calcium ions, etc.), substituted or non-substituted ammonium ions (for example, non-substituted ammonium ions, triethylammonium ions, tetramethylammonium ions, etc.), substituted or non-substituted pyridinium ions ions (for example, non-substituted pyridinium ions, 4-phenylpyridinium ions, etc.) and the like. Then there are protons. q is the number of Q when the charge of the compound is neutralized, and represents a value of 0-1, and the value may be a decimal.

作为Q表示的对阴离子,最好是卤素离子(例如Cl-、Br-)、四氟硼酸盐离子、六氟磷酸盐离子、硫酸离子。作为Q表示的对阳离子,最好是碱金属离子(例如,钠离子、钾离子、铷离子、铯离子等)、置换或无置换氨离子(例如,无置换氨离子、三乙基氨离子、四甲基氨离子等)、或质子。The counter anion represented by Q is preferably a halogen ion (for example, Cl - , Br - ), tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, or sulfate ion. As the counter cation represented by Q, it is preferably an alkali metal ion (for example, sodium ion, potassium ion, rubidium ion, cesium ion, etc.), a replacement or no replacement ammonia ion (for example, no replacement ammonia ion, triethylammonium ion, tetramethylammonium ion, etc.), or protons.

以下示出了L1或L2表示化合物的具体实例,本发明并不限于这些,括号内的数值表示logβ2值。Specific examples in which L 1 or L 2 represent compounds are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and the values in parentheses represent log β 2 values.

【化1】【Chemical 1】

Figure C0211869400221
Figure C0211869400221

【化2】【Chemical 2】

一般式(I)表示的化合物,可参考以下记载的公知方法合成,例如,インオ一ガニツク·アンド·ニユ一クリア·ケミストリ一·レタ一ズ(INORG NUCLCHEM LETTERSVOL 10 641页1974年)、过渡金属化学(Transition Met.Chem.1,248页1976年)、アクタ·クリスタログラフイカ(Acta.Cryst.B32、3321页、1976年)、特开平8-69075号、特公昭45-8831号、欧洲专利915371 A1号、特开平6-11788号、特开平6-501789号、特开平4-267249号、和特开平9-118685号等。The compound represented by the general formula (I) can be synthesized with reference to the known methods described below, for example, Inoganiteku. (Transition Met.Chem.1, 248 pages, 1976), Acta Crystal Crystal (Acta.Cryst.B32, 3321 pages, 1976), Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-69075, Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-8831, European Patent No. 915371 A1, JP-6-11788, JP-6-501789, JP-4-267249, JP-9-118685, etc.

以下示出一般式(I)表示化合物的具体例,但本发明不限于这些。Specific examples of compounds represented by the general formula (I) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

【化3】【Chemical 3】

【化4】【Chemical 4】

【化5】【Chemical 5】

Figure C0211869400271
Figure C0211869400271

本发明中的金增感,通常是添加金增感剂、在高温(最好40℃以上),将乳剂搅拌一定时间就可以。金增感剂的添加量,随各种条件而异,作为标准,最好是每1摩尔卤化银,添加1×10-7~1×10-4摩尔。The gold sensitization in the present invention is usually done by adding a gold sensitizer and stirring the emulsion for a certain period of time at high temperature (preferably above 40°C). The amount of the gold sensitizer to be added varies depending on various conditions, but as a standard, it is preferable to add 1×10 -7 to 1×10 -4 mol per 1 mol of silver halide.

作为本发明中的金增感剂,除了以上化合物外,可并用通常用的金化合物(例如,氯化金酸盐、氯化油酸钾(カリウムクロロオ-レ-ト)、油性(オ-リツク)三氯化物、油性硫代氰酸钾、碘化油酸钾、四氰基油性酸、油性硫代氰酸铵、吡啶基三氯金等)。As the gold sensitizer in the present invention, in addition to the above compounds, commonly used gold compounds (for example, auric acid chloride, potassium oleate chloride, oily (O- lic) trichloride, oily potassium thiocyanate, potassium iodide oleate, tetracyanooleic acid, oily ammonium thiocyanate, pyridyl gold trichloride, etc.).

本发明的卤化银乳剂,除了金增感之外,也可并用其他化学增感。作为并用化学增感,可以使用硫增感、硒增感、碲增感,金以外的贵金属增感,或还原增感等。关于化学增感用的化合物,最好使用特开昭62-215272号中第18页右下栏~第22页右上栏中记载的。In the silver halide emulsion of the present invention, in addition to gold sensitization, other chemical sensitization may be used in combination. As the combined chemical sensitization, sulfur sensitization, selenium sensitization, tellurium sensitization, noble metal sensitization other than gold, or reduction sensitization can be used. As for the compound for chemical sensitization, it is preferable to use those described in the lower right column on page 18 to the upper right column on page 22 in JP-A-62-215272.

在本发明的卤化银乳剂中,为防止感光材料的制造过程、保存中、或照相处理中的灰雾,或者以稳定照相性能为目的,可添加各种化合物或它们的前躯体。这些化合物的具体例,可使用特开昭62-215272号公报说明书中第39页~第72页中记载的,也可使用EP0447647号中记载的5-芳氨基-1,2,3,4-硫代三唑化合物(该芳残基中至少具有一个电子吸引性基)。Various compounds or their precursors may be added to the silver halide emulsion of the present invention for the purpose of preventing fog in the production process, storage, or photographic processing of photosensitive materials, or for the purpose of stabilizing photographic performance. As specific examples of these compounds, those described on pages 39 to 72 of JP-A-62-215272 can be used, and 5-arylamino-1,2,3,4- Thiotriazole compound (the aryl residue has at least one electron-attracting group).

本发明中,为提高卤化银乳剂的保存性,也可以使用以下中记载的化合物,即,特开平11-109576号公报中记载的羟肟酸衍生物,特开平11-327094号公报中记载的邻接羰基,两端具有氨基或羟基置换的二重键的环状酮类(特别是一般式(S1)表示的,段落号码0036~0071可收入到本申请说明书中)、特开平11-143011号公报中记载的磺基置换的邻苯二酚和对苯二酚类(例如,4,5-二羟基-1,3-苯二磺酸、2,5-二羟基-1,4-苯二磺酸、3,4-二羟基苯磺酸、2,3-二羟基苯磺酸、2,5-二羟基苯磺酸、3,4,5-三羟基苯磺酸及其盐等)、美国专利第5556741号说明书中一般式(A)表示的羟基氨类(美国专利第5556741号中第4栏的第56行~第11栏的第22行记载的,也适用于本申请,作为本说明书中的一部分收入进来)、特开平11-102045号公报中一般式(I)~(III)表示的水溶性还原剂也可应用于本发明。In the present invention, in order to improve the storage stability of the silver halide emulsion, compounds described in the following, that is, hydroxamic acid derivatives described in JP-A No. 11-109576 and hydroxamic acid derivatives described in JP-A No. 11-327094 can also be used. Adjacent to a carbonyl group, cyclic ketones with double bonds replaced by amino or hydroxyl groups at both ends (especially represented by general formula (S1), paragraph numbers 0036-0071 can be included in the specification of this application), JP-P-11-143011 The catechols and hydroquinones substituted with sulfo groups described in the gazette (for example, 4,5-dihydroxy-1,3-benzenedisulfonic acid, 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulfonic acid, 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulfonic acid, Sulfonic acid, 3,4-dihydroxybenzenesulfonic acid, 2,3-dihydroxybenzenesulfonic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzenesulfonic acid, 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzenesulfonic acid and its salts, etc.), The hydroxylamines represented by the general formula (A) in the US Patent No. 5,556,741 specification (recorded in the 56th line of the 4th column to the 22nd line of the 11th column in the US Patent No. 5,556,741, are also applicable to the present application, as the present invention A part of the description is included), and the water-soluble reducing agents represented by the general formulas (I) to (III) in JP-A-11-102045 can also be used in the present invention.

在本发明的卤化银乳剂中示出了所要求的光波长域中感光性,为赋予所谓的分光感度,可含有分光增感色素。作为兰、绿、红领域内分光增感用的分光增感色素,有F.M.Harmer著Heterocyclic Compounds-Cyanine dyes and related Compounds(John Wiley & Sons[New York,London]社刊1964年)中记载的。可使用上述特开昭62-215272号公报中第22页右上栏~第38页中记载的具体化合物实例以及分光增感法。作为氯化银含有率高的卤化银乳剂粒子的红感光性分光增感色素,在特开平3-123340号公报中记载的分光增感色素,从稳定性、吸附强度、曝光温度的依赖性等方面考虑,最为理想。The silver halide emulsion of the present invention exhibits photosensitivity in the required light wavelength range, and may contain a spectrally sensitizing dye in order to impart so-called spectral sensitivity. As a spectrosensitizing pigment for spectroscopic sensitization in the blue, green, and red fields, it is recorded in Heterocyclic Compounds-Cyanine dyes and related Compounds by F.M.Harmer (John Wiley & Sons [New York, London], 1964). Specific compound examples and the spectroscopic sensitization method described in the upper right column on page 22 to page 38 of the aforementioned JP-A-62-215272 can be used. As a red photosensitivity spectrally sensitizing dye of silver halide emulsion particles having a high silver chloride content, the spectrally sensitizing dye described in JP-A No. 3-123340 has been studied in terms of stability, adsorption strength, dependence on exposure temperature, etc. In terms of consideration, it is the most ideal.

绿领域中的分光增感色素,好的是下述一般式(T)表示的三甲川花青色素,最好是三甲川花青色素或唑三甲川花青色素。The spectral sensitizing dye in the green field is preferably a trimethine cyanine represented by the following general formula (T), more preferably a oxamethine cyanine or an oxazotrimethine cyanine.

一般式(T)General formula (T)

【化1A】【Chemical 1A】

一般式(T)General formula (T)

Figure C0211869400291
Figure C0211869400291

式中,Z101和Z102分别表示形成含氮杂环核所需要的原子团。作为含氮杂环核,最好是作为杂原子含有氮原子及其他,如硫原子、氧原子、硒原子、或碲原子的5~6元环核。这些环中也可以结合缩合环,进而可以结合置换基。作为上述含氮杂环核的具体例,可举出噻唑核、苯噻唑核、萘噻唑核、硒唑核、苯硒唑核、萘硒唑核、唑核、苯唑核、萘唑核、咪唑核、苯咪唑核、萘咪唑核、4-喹啉核、吡咯啉核、吡啶核、四唑核、假吲哚核、苯基假吲哚核、吲哚核、碲唑核、苯碲唑核、萘碲唑核等。R101和R102分别表示烷基、链烯基、炔基、或芳烷基。这些基和以下讲述的基分别以含有其置换体的意思使用。例如,以烷基为例讲述时,包括无置换和置换烷基,这些基可是直链、支链、或环状的。烷基的碳原子数最好为1-8个。In the formula, Z 101 and Z 102 respectively represent the atomic groups required to form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic nucleus. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic nucleus is preferably a 5- to 6-membered ring nucleus containing a nitrogen atom as a heteroatom and others, such as a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a selenium atom, or a tellurium atom. Condensed rings may also be bonded to these rings, and further substituents may be bonded. Specific examples of the above-mentioned nitrogen-containing heterocyclic nucleus include thiazole nucleus, benzothiazole nucleus, naphthiazole nucleus, selenazole nucleus, benzoselenazole nucleus, naphthalene selenazole nucleus, oxazole nucleus, benzoxazole nucleus, naphthalene Azole nucleus, imidazole nucleus, benzoimidazole nucleus, naphthalene imidazole nucleus, 4-quinoline nucleus, pyrroline nucleus, pyridine nucleus, tetrazole nucleus, indolenine nucleus, phenylindolenine nucleus, indole nucleus, tellurazole nucleus , Benzene tellurazole nucleus, naphthalene tellurazole nucleus, etc. R 101 and R 102 respectively represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aralkyl group. These groups and the groups described below are used in the meaning of including their substituents, respectively. For example, when referring to an alkyl group, it includes unsubstituted and substituted alkyl groups, which may be straight chain, branched chain, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-8.

作为置换烷基的置换基实例,可举出有卤原子(氟、氯、溴、碘等)、氰基、烷氧基、置换或无置换氨基、羧酸基、磺酸基、羟基等,也可利用这些中的1个或数个组合进行置换。作为链烯基的具体例,可举出乙烯甲基。作为芳烷基的具体例,可举出有苄基和苯乙基。Examples of substituting groups that replace the alkyl group include halogen atoms (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, etc.), cyano groups, alkoxy groups, substituted or non-substituted amino groups, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, hydroxyl groups, etc. One or a combination of these can also be used for substitution. Specific examples of the alkenyl group include vinylmethyl groups. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.

m101表示1。R103表示氢原子、低级烷基、芳烷基或芳基。作为上述芳基的具体例,有置换或无置换苯基。R104表示氢原子。j101、K101表示0或1,X101 -表示酸性阴离子,n101表示0或1。m 101 means 1. R 103 represents a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, an aralkyl group or an aryl group. Specific examples of the above-mentioned aryl group include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl groups. R 104 represents a hydrogen atom. j 101 and K 101 represent 0 or 1, X 101 - represents an acidic anion, and n 101 represents 0 or 1.

以下列举出一般式(T)表示化合物的具体例,然而,并不限于这些。Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (T) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.

Figure C0211869400301
Figure C0211869400301

【化3A】【Chemical 3A】

【化4A】【Chemical 4A】

Figure C0211869400321
Figure C0211869400321

这些分光增感色素的添加量,根据情况可在很宽范围内变动,每1摩尔卤化银,可以添加0.5×10-6~1.0×10-2摩尔。更好添加1.0×10-6~5.5×10-3摩尔。The amount of these spectrally sensitizing pigments can be varied in a wide range depending on the circumstances, and can be added in the range of 0.5×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 mol per 1 mol of silver halide. More preferably, 1.0×10 -6 to 5.5×10 -3 mol is added.

以下对本发明的卤化银照相感光材料进行说明。The silver halide photographic photosensitive material of the present invention will be described below.

本发明的卤化银照相感光材料可以是黑白的,也可以是彩色的,但最好是在卤化银彩色照相感光材料中使用本发明的卤化银乳剂。The silver halide photographic photosensitive material of the present invention may be black-and-white or colored, but it is preferable to use the silver halide emulsion of the present invention in a silver halide color photographic photosensitive material.

使用本发明卤化银乳剂的卤化银彩色照相感光材料(以下有时只称作「感光材料」),是在支撑体上形成至少具有以下层中一层的卤化银彩色照相感光材料,即,含有形成黄色素成色剂的卤化银乳剂层、含有形成深红色色素成色剂的卤化银乳剂层、和含有形成氰色素成色剂的卤化银乳剂层,其特征是上述卤化银乳剂层中至少一层含有本发明的卤化银乳剂。在本发明中,含有形成黄色素成色剂的卤化银乳剂层,作为黄色发色层而发挥功能;含有形成深红色素成色剂的卤化银乳剂层,作为深红色发色层而发挥功能;和含有形成氰色素成色剂的卤化银乳剂层,作为氰发色层而发挥功能。在该黄色发色层、深红色发色层和氰发色层中各自含有的卤化银乳剂,对于相互不同波长领域的光(例如,兰色领域、绿色领域和红色领域的光),最好具有感光性。The silver halide color photographic photosensitive material using the silver halide emulsion of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "photosensitive material") is a silver halide color photographic photosensitive material having at least one of the following layers formed on a support, that is, containing A silver halide emulsion layer of a yellow pigment coupler, a silver halide emulsion layer containing a deep red pigment-forming coupler, and a silver halide emulsion layer containing a cyanogen-forming coupler, wherein at least one of the above-mentioned silver halide emulsion layers contains the present Invented silver halide emulsions. In the present invention, the silver halide emulsion layer containing a yellow pigment-forming coupler functions as a yellow color-forming layer; the silver halide emulsion layer containing a magenta color-forming coupler functions as a magenta color-forming layer; and The silver halide emulsion layer containing a cyanogen-forming coupler functions as a cyanogenic layer. The silver halide emulsion contained in each of the yellow color-forming layer, magenta color-forming layer, and cyanochromic layer is optimal for light in mutually different wavelength ranges (for example, light in a blue range, a green range, and a red range). It is photosensitive.

本发明的感光材料,除了上述黄色发色层、深红色发色层和氰发色层外、根据要求还可以含有下述的亲水性胶态层、消晕层、中间层和着色层。The photosensitive material of the present invention may contain the following hydrophilic colloidal layer, antihalation layer, intermediate layer, and colored layer as required, in addition to the above-mentioned yellow color-forming layer, deep red color-forming layer, and cyanochromic layer.

本发明的感光材料中可使用以前公知的照相用材料和添加剂。In the photosensitive material of the present invention, conventionally known photographic materials and additives can be used.

例如,作为照相用支撑体,可使用透过型支撑体和反射型支撑体。作为透过型支撑体,最好使用在亚硝酸纤维素膜和聚乙烯对酞酸酯等透明性膜。进而,2,6-萘二羧酸(NDCA)和乙二醇(EG)的聚酯、和NDCA与对酞酸、EG的聚酯等上设有磁性层等信息记录层的。作为反射型支撑体,最好是由数层聚乙烯层和聚酯层形成叠层,在这种耐水性树脂层(叠层)的至少一层上含有氧化钛等白色颜料的反射支撑体。For example, as a photographic support, a transmissive support and a reflective support can be used. As a permeable support, transparent films such as nitrocellulose films and polyethylene terephthalates are preferably used. Furthermore, polyesters of 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid (NDCA) and ethylene glycol (EG), polyesters of NDCA, terephthalic acid, and EG are provided with an information recording layer such as a magnetic layer. As the reflective support, it is preferable to form a laminate of several polyethylene layers and polyester layers, and at least one of the water-resistant resin layers (laminate) contains a white pigment such as titanium oxide.

作为本发明中更好的反射支撑体,还有在设有卤化银乳剂层侧的纸基体上具有含微小气孔聚烯烃层的。聚烯烃层可由多层形成,这时,与卤化银乳剂层侧的明胶层相邻接的聚烯烃层不具有微小气孔(例如,聚丙烯、聚乙烯)、更好是由在接近纸基体侧上具有微小气孔的聚烯烃(例如聚丙烯、聚乙烯)形成的。位于纸基体和照相构成层之间的这些多层或单层的聚烯烃层的密度,好的为0.40~1.0g/ml,更好为0.50~0.70g/ml。位于纸基体和照相构成层之间的这些多层或一层的聚烯烃层的厚度,好的为10~100μm,更好为15~70μm。聚烯烃层和纸基体的厚度比好的为0.05~0.2,更好为0.1~0.15。As a more preferable reflective support in the present invention, there is also a polyolefin layer having fine pores on the paper substrate on the side where the silver halide emulsion layer is provided. The polyolefin layer can be formed by multiple layers. At this time, the polyolefin layer adjacent to the gelatin layer on the side of the silver halide emulsion layer does not have microscopic pores (for example, polypropylene, polyethylene), and is preferably formed on the side close to the paper substrate. It is formed of polyolefin (such as polypropylene, polyethylene) with tiny pores on it. The density of these multilayer or monolayer polyolefin layers located between the paper substrate and the photographic constituent layers is preferably 0.40 to 1.0 g/ml, more preferably 0.50 to 0.70 g/ml. The thickness of these multi-layer or one-layer polyolefin layers located between the paper substrate and the photographic constituent layers is preferably from 10 to 100 µm, more preferably from 15 to 70 µm. The thickness ratio between the polyolefin layer and the paper substrate is preferably 0.05-0.2, more preferably 0.1-0.15.

在与上述纸基体的照相构成层相反一侧(背面)上设有聚烯烃层,从提高反射支撑体的刚性考虑,最为理想,这时背面的聚烯烃层好的是消光表面的聚乙烯或聚丙烯,更好是聚丙烯。背面的聚烯烃层好的为5~50μm,更好为10~30μm,密度好的0.7~1.1g/ml。在本发明的反射支撑体中,关于设在纸基体上的聚烯烃层的最好形态,如特开平10-333277号、同10-333278号、同11-52513号、同11-65024号、EP0880065号、和EP0880066号中记载的实例。A polyolefin layer is provided on the opposite side (the back side) of the photographic constituent layer of the above-mentioned paper base body. From the consideration of improving the rigidity of the reflective support, it is the most ideal. At this time, the polyolefin layer on the back side is preferably a matte surface polyethylene or Polypropylene, more preferably polypropylene. The polyolefin layer on the back is preferably 5 to 50 μm, more preferably 10 to 30 μm, and preferably has a density of 0.7 to 1.1 g/ml. In the reflective support of the present invention, regarding the best form of the polyolefin layer on the paper substrate, such as JP-P-10-333277, No. 10-333278, No. 11-52513, No. 11-65024, Examples described in EP0880065 and EP0880066.

在上述耐水性树脂层中可以含有荧光增白剂。也可另外形成分散含有荧光增白剂的亲水性胶态层。作为上述荧光增白剂,好的使用苯唑系、香豆素系、吡唑啉系的荧光增白剂,更好使用苯唑萘系和苯唑二苯乙烯系的。用量虽没有特殊限定,但最好是1~100mg/m2。向耐水性树脂中混合时的混合比,相对于树脂好的为0.0005~3质量%,更好为0.001~0.5质量%。A fluorescent whitening agent may be contained in the said water-resistant resin layer. It is also possible to additionally form a dispersed hydrophilic colloidal layer containing a fluorescent whitening agent. As the above-mentioned fluorescent whitening agent, benzoxazole-based, coumarin-based, and pyrazoline-based fluorescent whitening agents are preferably used, and benzoxazolidine-based and benzoxazole-stilbene-based ones are more preferably used. The amount used is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 100 mg/m 2 . The mixing ratio at the time of mixing with the water-resistant resin is preferably 0.0005 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass based on the resin.

作为反射型支撑体,也可以是在透过型支撑体,或上述那样的反射型支撑体上涂布含有白色颜料的亲水性胶态层。反射型支撑体也可以是具有镜面反射性或第2种扩散反射性金属表面的支撑体。As the reflective support, a hydrophilic colloidal layer containing a white pigment may be coated on a transmissive support or a reflective support as described above. The reflective support may also be a support having a specular reflective or second diffuse reflective metal surface.

作为本发明感光材料中使用的支撑体,可以使用显示用白色聚酯系支撑体,或在具有卤化银乳剂层侧的支撑体上设有含白色颜料层的支撑体。为了改进清晰性,最好在支撑体的卤化银乳剂层涂布侧或背面上涂布抗晕层。不管是反射光下,还是透射光下,都可观看到显示,将支撑体的透射浓度最好设定在0.35~0.8的范围。As the support used in the photosensitive material of the present invention, a white polyester support for display, or a support having a silver halide emulsion layer side provided with a white pigment-containing layer can be used. To improve sharpness, an antihalation layer is preferably coated on the silver halide emulsion layer coated side or back of the support. The display can be viewed regardless of reflected light or transmitted light, and the transmission density of the support is preferably set in the range of 0.35 to 0.8.

本发明的感光材料,以提高画像的清晰度等为目的,在亲水性胶态层上添加欧洲专利EP0337490 A2号中第27~76页中记载的通过处理可脱色的染料(其中氧醇系染料),使感光材料对680nm的光学反射浓度达0.70以上,在支撑体的耐水性树脂层中好的含有12质量%以上(更好14质量%以上)用2~4价醇类(例如,三羟甲基乙烷)等进行表面处理的氧化钛。In the photosensitive material of the present invention, for the purpose of improving the clarity of the image, etc., the dyes that can be decolorized by treatment (wherein the oxyalcohol system Dyes) to make the optical reflection concentration of the photosensitive material to 680nm reach more than 0.70, preferably contain more than 12 mass % (better more than 14 mass %) with 2-4 valent alcohols (for example, Trimethylolethane) and other surface-treated titanium oxide.

在本发明的感光材料中,以防止光渗和光晕,提高安全灯安全性为目的,最好在亲水性胶态层中添加欧洲专利EPO 337490A2号说明书中第27~76页中记载的通过处理可脱色的染料(其中氧醇染料、花青染料)。欧洲专利EPO 819977号说明书中记载的染料也可在本发明中添加。这些水溶性染料中,当增加用量时,会使色分离和安全灯安全性恶化。作为不使色分离恶化的染料,最好是特开平5-127324号、同5-127325号、同5-216185号中记载的水溶性染料。In the photosensitive material of the present invention, in order to prevent light seepage and halo, and improve the safety of the safety light, it is preferable to add the passage described in the 27th to 76th pages of the European Patent EPO 337490A2 specification to the hydrophilic colloidal layer. Treatment of decolorizable dyes (including oxyalcohol dyes, cyanine dyes). The dyestuffs recorded in the specification of European Patent EPO 819977 can also be added in the present invention. Of these water-soluble dyes, when the amount is increased, color separation and safelight safety are deteriorated. As dyes that do not deteriorate color separation, water-soluble dyes described in JP-A-5-127324, 5-127325, and 5-216185 are preferable.

本发明中,使用与水溶性染料并用的处理可脱色的着色层,代替水溶性染料。所用处理可脱色的着色层,可直接与乳剂层相接,也可通过含有明胶和氢醌等处理防混色剂的中间层相接配置。该着色层最好设置在与着色的颜色为同种原色进行发色的乳剂层的下层(支撑体侧)上。全部与各原色对应的着色层分别设置,这些中,只有一部分可任意选择设置。也可设置与数种原色域对应着色的着色层。着色层的光学反射浓度,曝光中使用的波长域中(通常的印刷曝光中,在400~700nm的可见光领域、扫描曝光时使用的扫描曝光光源的波长),最高光学浓度波长中的光学浓度值好的为0.2~3.0,更好为0.5~2.5,尤其好为0.8~2.0。In the present invention, instead of the water-soluble dye, a treatment-decolorable colored layer used in combination with the water-soluble dye is used. The coloring layer that can be treated to be decolorized can be directly connected to the emulsion layer, or can be arranged through an intermediate layer containing gelatin, hydroquinone and other treated anti-blending agents. This colored layer is preferably provided on the lower layer (support side) of the emulsion layer that develops the same primary color as the color to be colored. All the coloring layers corresponding to the respective primary colors are set separately, and only some of them can be arbitrarily selected and set. It is also possible to set coloring layers corresponding to coloring of several primary color gamuts. The optical reflection density of the colored layer, the optical density value in the wavelength range of the highest optical density in the wavelength range used for exposure (in the visible light range of 400 to 700 nm in normal printing exposure, and the wavelength of the scanning exposure light source used in scanning exposure) Preferably, it is 0.2-3.0, More preferably, it is 0.5-2.5, Especially preferably, it is 0.8-2.0.

为了形成着色层,可使用以前公知的方法。例如,有以下方法,像特开平2-282244号中3页右上栏~8页中记载的染料、和特开平3-7931号3页右上栏~11页左下栏中记载的染料那样,以固体微粒子分散体的状态,包含在亲水性胶态层中的方法,将阴离子性色素媒染在阳离子聚合物上的方法;将色素固定在吸附了卤化银等微粒子的层中的方法;特开平1-239544号中记载的使用胶态银的方法,等等。作为将色素细粉末以固体状进行分散的方法,例如,记载在特开平2-308244号中第4~13页中的方法,是含有至少在PH6以下不溶于水,但至少在PH8以上溶于水的细粉末染料的方法。例如,作为将阴离子性色素媒染在阳离子聚合物上的方法,记载在特开平2-84637号中第18~26页中。关于作为光吸收剂的胶态银调制方法,如美国专利第2688601号、第3459563号中示出的。这些方法中,含有细粉末染料的方法,最好是使用胶态银的方法等。In order to form the colored layer, a conventionally known method can be used. For example, there is the following method, like the dyes described in the upper right column on page 3 to page 8 of JP-A-2-282244, and the dyes described in the upper right column on page 3-page 11 of JP-A-3-7931, using a solid The state of microparticle dispersion, the method of being included in the hydrophilic colloidal layer, the method of mordant anionic pigment on the cationic polymer; the method of immobilizing the pigment in the layer adsorbing silver halide and other microparticles; JP-A-1 -A method using colloidal silver described in No. 239544, etc. As a method for dispersing the pigment fine powder in a solid state, for example, the method described in JP-A-2-308244, pages 4-13, is to contain at least water insoluble below pH6, but soluble at least above pH8. Water method of fine powder dye. For example, a method for mordanting an anionic dye on a cationic polymer is described on pages 18 to 26 of JP-A-2-84637. Regarding the preparation method of colloidal silver as a light absorbing agent, it is shown in US Pat. No. 2,688,601 and US Pat. No. 3,459,563. Among these methods, the method containing a fine powder dye, the method using colloidal silver, and the like are preferable.

本发明的卤化银照相感光材料,虽然可用于彩色阴性膜、彩色阳性膜、彩色反转膜、彩色反转印相纸、彩色印相纸等,但其中,最好用作彩色印相纸。彩色印相纸,最好是使黄发色性卤化银乳剂层、深红色发色性卤化银乳剂层和氰发色性卤化银乳剂层至少每一层每个都有地形成,这些卤化银乳剂层,一般是从靠近支撑体开始依次为黄色发色性卤化银乳剂层、深红色发色性卤化银乳剂层、氰发色性卤化银乳剂层。The silver halide photosensitive material of the present invention can be used for color negative film, color positive film, color reversal film, color reversal printing paper, color printing paper, etc., but among them, it is preferably used as color printing paper. Color printing paper, preferably at least each of a yellow chromogenic silver halide emulsion layer, a deep red chromogenic silver halide emulsion layer and a cyanogenic chromogenic silver halide emulsion layer is formed, and these silver halide The emulsion layer is generally a yellow chromogenic silver halide emulsion layer, a dark red chromogenic silver halide emulsion layer, and a cyanogenic chromogenic silver halide emulsion layer in sequence from the proximity to the support.

然而,也可以采取与其不同的层构成。However, a different layer configuration may also be adopted.

含有黄色成色剂的卤化银乳剂层,可配置在支撑体上的任何位置上,在含有该黄色成色剂层中含有卤化银平板粒子时,最好涂布在比含深红色成色剂的卤化银乳剂层或含氰成色剂的卤化银乳剂层中至少一层离开支撑体的位置上。从促进发色显像,促进脱银、降低因增感色素引起残色方面考虑,含有黄色成色剂的卤化银乳剂层,最好涂布在比其他卤化银乳剂层离支撑体更远的位置上。进而,从降低Blix退色方面考虑,含有氰成色剂的卤化银乳剂层最好是其他卤化银乳剂层的中间层,从降低光退色方面考虑,含有氰成色剂的卤化银乳剂层最好为最下层。黄色、深红色和氰的各个发色性层,可由2层或3层形成。例如,特开平4-75055号、同9-114035号、同10-246940号、美国专利第5576159号等中记载的那样,将不含有卤化银乳剂的成色剂层设置在邻接卤化银乳剂层,形成发色层。The silver halide emulsion layer containing yellow coupler can be arranged at any position on the support body. When the yellow coupler layer contains silver halide plate grains, it is better to be coated on the silver halide emulsion layer containing dark red coupler. At least one of the emulsion layer or the silver halide emulsion layer containing a cyanogen coupler is located away from the support. In terms of promoting color development, promoting desilvering, and reducing residual color caused by sensitizing pigments, the silver halide emulsion layer containing yellow coupler is preferably coated at a position farther from the support than other silver halide emulsion layers superior. Furthermore, from the aspect of reducing Blix fading, the silver halide emulsion layer containing cyano coupler is preferably the intermediate layer of other silver halide emulsion layers, and from the aspect of reducing light fading, the silver halide emulsion layer containing cyano coupler is preferably the last layer. lower level. Each color-forming layer of yellow, magenta, and cyan may be formed of two or three layers. For example, as described in JP-A-4-75055, No. 9-114035, No. 10-246940, U.S. Patent No. 5,576,159, etc., a coupler layer not containing a silver halide emulsion is provided adjacent to a silver halide emulsion layer, Forms a chromogenic layer.

作为本发明中使用的卤化银乳剂和其他材料(添加剂等)、照相构成层(层配置等),以及处理该感光材料的适用处理法和处理用添加剂,最好使用特开昭62-215272号、特开平2-33144号、欧洲专利EPO 355660A2号中记载的,更好使用欧洲专利EPO 355660A2号中记载的。进而还可以使用特开平5-34889号、同4-359249号、同4-313753号、同4-270344号、同5-66527号、同4-34548号、同4-145433号、同2-854号、同1-158431号、同2-90145号、同3-194539号、同2-93641号、欧洲专利公开第0520457A2号等中记载的卤化银彩色照相感光材料及其处理方法。As the silver halide emulsion and other materials (additives, etc.), photographic constituent layers (layer arrangement, etc.) used in the present invention, and the applicable processing method and processing additives for processing the photosensitive material, it is preferable to use JP-A-62-215272 , JP-2-33144, European Patent No. EPO 355660A2, it is better to use the one recorded in European Patent EPO 355660A2. Furthermore, it is also possible to use JP-A-5-34889, No. 4-359249, No. 4-313753, No. 4-270344, No. 5-66527, No. 4-34548, No. 4-145433, No. 2- Silver halide color photographic photosensitive materials and processing methods thereof described in No. 854, No. 1-158431, No. 2-90145, No. 3-194539, No. 2-93641, European Patent Publication No. 0520457A2, etc.

本发明中,关于上述反射型支撑体和卤化银乳剂、进而,卤化银粒子中掺杂的不同金属离子种类、卤化银乳剂的保存稳定剂或防灰雾剂、化学增感法(增感剂)、分光增感法(分光增感剂)、氰、深红色、黄色成色剂及其乳化分散法,色像保存性改良剂(防着色剂和防退色剂)、染料(着色层)、明胶种类、感光材料的层构成和感光材料的被膜PH等,最好使用下表1中所示专利各处记载的。In the present invention, regarding the above-mentioned reflective support and silver halide emulsion, further, different metal ion species doped in silver halide particles, storage stabilizer or antifogging agent of silver halide emulsion, chemical sensitization method (sensitizer ), spectral sensitization method (spectral sensitizer), cyanide, deep red, yellow coupler and its emulsification dispersion method, color image preservation improver (anti-coloring agent and anti-fading agent), dye (coloring layer), gelatin For the type, layer structure of the photosensitive material, film pH of the photosensitive material, etc., it is preferable to use those described in various patents shown in Table 1 below.

  要素 elements   特开平7-104448号 Special Kaiping No. 7-104448   特开平7-77775号 Special Kaiping No. 7-77775   特开平7-301895号 Special Kaiping No. 7-301895   反射型支持体 reflective support   第7栏12行~12栏19行 Column 7, line 12 ~ column 12, line 19   第35栏43行~44栏1行 Column 35, line 43 to column 44, line 1   第5栏40行~9栏26行 Line 40 in column 5 to line 26 in column 9   卤化银乳剂 Silver halide emulsion   第72栏29行~74栏18行 Column 72, line 29 to column 74, line 18   第44栏36行~46栏29行 Column 44, line 36 ~ column 46, line 29   第77栏48行~80栏28行 Column 77, line 48 to column 80, line 28   不同金属离子种类 Different types of metal ions   第74栏19行~同栏44行 Line 19 of column 74 ~ line 44 of the same column   第46栏30行~47栏5行 Column 46, line 30 to column 47, line 5   第80栏29行~81栏6行 Column 80, line 29 to column 81, line 6   保存稳定剂或防止灰雾剂 Preservation stabilizer or anti-fogging agent   第75栏9行~同栏18行 Column 75, line 9 ~ line 18 in the same column   第47栏20行~同栏29行 Line 20 in column 47 ~ line 29 in the same column   第18栏11行~31栏37行(特别是巯基杂环化合物) Column 18, line 11 to column 31, line 37 (especially mercapto heterocyclic compounds)   化学增感法(化学增感剂) Chemical sensitization method (chemical sensitizer)   第74栏45行~75栏6行 Column 74, line 45 to column 75, line 6   第47栏7行~同栏17行 Line 7 of column 47 ~ line 17 of the same column   第81栏9行~同栏17行 Column 81, line 9 ~ line 17 in the same column   分光增感法(分光增感剂) Spectral sensitization method (spectral sensitizer)   第75栏19行~76栏45行 Column 75, line 19 to column 76, line 45   第47栏30行~49栏6行 Column 47, line 30 to column 49, line 6   第81栏21行~82栏48行 Column 81, line 21 to column 82, line 48   氰成色剂 Cyanogen coupler   第12栏20行~39栏49行 Column 12, line 20 ~ column 39, line 49   第62栏50行~第63栏16行 Column 62, line 50 to column 63, line 16   第88栏49行~89栏16行 Column 88, line 49 ~ column 89, line 16   黄色成色剂 yellow coupler   第87栏40行~88栏3行 Column 87, line 40 to column 88, line 3   第63栏17行~同栏30行 Column 63, line 17 ~ line 30 in the same column   第89栏17行~同栏30行 Column 89, line 17 ~ line 30 in the same column   深红色成色剂 Crimson coupler   第88栏4行~同栏18行 Line 4 of column 88 ~ line 18 of the same column   第63栏3行~64栏11行 Column 63, line 3 to column 64, line 11   第31栏34行~77栏44行第88栏32行~同栏46行 Line 34 in column 31 ~ line 44 in column 77 Line 32 in column 88 ~ line 46 in the same column   成包剂的乳化分散法 Emulsification and dispersion method of encapsulation agent   第71栏3行~72栏11行 Column 71, line 3 to column 72, line 11   第61栏36行~同栏49行 Line 36 in column 61 ~ line 49 in the same column   第87栏35行~同样48行 Column 87, line 35 to line 48   色像保存性改良剂(防止着色剂) Color image preservation improver (anti-colorant)   第39栏50行~70栏9行 Column 39, line 50 to column 70, line 9   第61栏50行~62栏49行 Column 61, line 50 to column 62, line 49   第87栏49行~88栏48行 Column 87, line 49 to column 88, line 48   防退色剂 Anti-fading agent   第70栏10行~71栏2行 Column 70, line 10 to column 71, line 2   染料(着色剂) Dyes (colorants)   第77栏42行~78栏41行 Column 77, line 42 to column 78, line 41   第7栏14行~19栏42行第50栏3行~51栏14行 Column 7, line 14 to column 19, line 42, column 50, line 3 to column 51, line 14   第9栏27行~18栏10行 Column 9, line 27 ~ column 18, line 10   明胶种类 Types of gelatin   第78栏42行~同栏48行 Line 42 of column 78 ~ line 48 of the same column   第51栏15行~同栏20行 Column 51, line 15 ~ line 20 in the same column   第83栏13行~同栏19行 Line 13 of column 83 ~ line 19 of the same column   感光材料的层构成 Layer composition of photosensitive materials   第39栏11行~同栏26行 Column 39, line 11 ~ line 26 in the same column   第44栏2行~同栏35行 Line 2 of column 44 ~ line 35 of the same column   第31栏38行~32栏33行 Column 31, line 38 ~ column 32, line 33   感光材料的被膜pH Film pH of photosensitive material   第72栏12行~同栏28行 Column 72, line 12 ~ line 28 in the same column   扫描曝光 scan exposure   第76栏6行~77栏41行 Column 76, line 6 ~ column 77, line 41   第49栏7行~50栏2行 Column 49, line 7 to column 50, line 2   第82栏49行~83栏12行 Column 82, line 49 to column 83, line 12   显像液中的保恒剂 Preserving agent in imaging solution   第88栏19行~89栏22行 Column 88, line 19 ~ column 89, line 22

本发明中使用的氰色、深红色和黄色的成色剂,其他还可以使用以下中记载的成色剂,即,特开昭62-215272号中第91页右上栏4行~121页左上栏6行、特开平2-33144号中第3页右上栏14行-18页左上栏末行和第30页右上栏6行~35页右下栏11行、和EPO355660A2号中第4页15行~27行、5页30行~28页末行、45页29行~31行、47页23行~63页50行中记载的。For the cyan, deep red and yellow couplers used in the present invention, other couplers described in the following can also be used, that is, the 4th line of the upper right column on page 91 to the upper left column 6 of page 121 in JP-A No. 62-215272 Line, line 14 in the upper right column on page 3-the last line in the upper left column on page 18 in No. 2-33144 and line 6 in the upper right column on page 30 to line 11 in the lower right column on page 35, and line 15 in page 4 in EPO355660A2 27 lines, 5 pages 30 lines to 28 last lines, 45 pages 29 lines to 31 lines, 47 pages 23 lines to 63 lines 50 lines.

本发明最好还添加WO-98/33760号中一般式(II)和(III)、特开平10-221825号中一般式(D)表示的化合物。In the present invention, it is preferable to add compounds represented by general formulas (II) and (III) in WO-98/33760 and general formula (D) in JP-A-10-221825.

本发明中可使用的形成氰色素的成色剂(有时只称作「氰成色剂」),可以使用吡咯并三唑系成色剂,最好是特开平5-313324号中一般式(I)或(II)表示的成色剂和特开平6-347960号中一般式(I)表示的成色剂,以及这些专利中记载的示例成色剂。也可以使用酚系、萘酚系的氰色成色剂,例如,特开平10-333297号中记载的一般式(ADF)表示的氰色成色剂。作为上述以外的氰色成色剂,还可以使用欧洲专利EPO488248号说明书和EPO491197A1号说明书中记载的吡咯唑型氰色成色剂、美国专利第5888716号中记载的2,5-二酰氨基酚成色剂、美国专利第4873183号、同第4916051号中记载的第6位上具有电子吸引性基、氢键基的吡唑啉唑型氰色成色剂、特开平8-171185号、同8-311360号、同8-339060号中记载的第6位上具有氨基甲酰基的吡唑啉唑型氰色成色剂。The coupler (sometimes only referred to as "cyan coupler") that can be used in the present invention to form a cyanogen can use a pyrrolotriazole coupler, preferably the general formula (I) or Couplers represented by (II) and couplers represented by the general formula (I) in JP-A-6-347960, and exemplary couplers described in these patents. Phenol-based or naphthol-based cyan couplers can also be used, for example, cyan couplers represented by the general formula (ADF) described in JP-A-10-333297. As cyan couplers other than the above, pyrrozole-type cyan couplers described in European Patent No. EPO488248 and EPO491197A1, and 2,5-diacylaminophenol couplers described in U.S. Patent No. 5888716 can also be used. , U.S. Patent No. 4873183, the pyrazoline azole-type cyan color coupler with an electron-attracting group and a hydrogen bond group on the 6th position recorded in No. 4916051, JP-8-171185, and No. 8-311360 , and the pyrazolinazole-type cyan coupler having a carbamoyl group at the 6th position described in No. 8-339060.

除了特开平2-33144号公报中记载的二苯基咪唑系氰色成色剂之外,还可以使用欧洲专利EPO333185A2号说明书中记载的3-羟基吡啶系氰色成色剂(其中,作为具体例列举的成色剂(42)的4当量成色剂中具有氯脱离基而形成2当量的,成色剂(6)和(9)最好)和特开昭64-32260号公报中记载的环状活性甲叉系氰色成色剂(其中,作为具体例列举的成色剂例3、8、34特别好)、欧洲专利EPO456226A1号说明书中记载的吡咯吡唑型氰色成色剂,欧洲专利EPO484909号中记载的吡咯咪唑型氰色成色剂。In addition to the diphenylimidazole-based cyan coupler described in JP-A-2-33144, the 3-hydroxypyridine-based cyan coupler described in the specification of European Patent EPO333185A2 (wherein, as a specific example, The 4 equivalent couplers of the coupler (42) have a chlorine detachment group to form 2 equivalents, the couplers (6) and (9) are the best) and the cyclic active formazan described in the JP-A-64-32260 communique Fork-based cyan couplers (among them, coupler examples 3, 8, and 34 listed as specific examples are particularly preferred), pyrrole pyrazole-type cyan couplers described in European Patent No. EPO456226A1, and those described in European Patent No. EPO484909. Pyrromidazole-type cyan coupler.

这些氰色成色剂中,特别好的是特开平11-282138号公报中记载的一般式(I)表示的吡咯唑系氰色成色剂,包括该专利中0012-0059段落中记载的示例氰色成色剂(1)~(47),原封不动地适用于本申请,所以作为本申请说明书的一部分收入进来。Among these cyan couplers, particularly preferred are the pyrrole azole-based cyan couplers represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A-11-282138, including the exemplary cyan couplers described in paragraphs 0012-0059 of this patent. Couplers (1) to (47) are applied to this application as they are, and therefore are included as a part of the description of this application.

作为本发明中使用的深红色色素形成成色剂(有时称作「深红色成色剂」),可使用上述表中公知文献记载的5-吡咯啉酮系深红色成色剂和吡咯啉唑系深红色成色剂,其中就相色和图像的稳定性、发色性等方面考虑,最好使用以下文献中记载的成色剂,即,特开昭61-65245号中记载的在吡咯啉三唑环的2,3或6位上接有2级或3级烷基的吡咯啉三唑成色剂、特开昭61-65246号中记载的分子内含有磺酰胺基的吡咯啉唑成色剂、特开昭61-147254号中记载的具有烷氧苯基磺酰胺载带平衡基的吡咯啉唑成色剂、和欧洲专利第226849A和第294785A号中记载的6位上具有烷氧基和芳氧基的吡咯啉唑成色剂。作为深红色成色剂,更好是特开平8-122984号中记载的一般式(M-1)表示的吡咯啉唑成色剂,该专利中0009~0026段落也适用于本申请,作为本申请说明书中的一部分收录进来。除此之外,还可以使用欧洲专利第854384号、同第884640号中记载的在3位和6位上都具有立体阻碍基的吡咯啉唑成色剂。As the magenta pigment-forming coupler (sometimes referred to as "magenta coupler") used in the present invention, 5-pyrrolidinone-based magenta couplers and pyrrolineazole-based magenta couplers described in the above-mentioned tables can be used. Coupler, wherein in terms of phase color and image stability, color development, etc., it is best to use the coupler recorded in the following documents, that is, the pyrroline triazole ring described in JP-A No. 61-65245 Pyrrolinetriazole coupler with 2nd or 3rd grade alkyl connected to the 2, 3 or 6 position, pyrrolinetriazole coupler with sulfonamide group in the molecule as described in JP-A-61-65246, JP-A-61-65246 No. 61-147254, the pyrroline azole coupler having an alkoxyphenyl sulfonamide carrying balance group, and the pyrrole having an alkoxy group and an aryloxy group at the 6-position described in European Patent No. 226849A and No. 294785A Linazole coupler. As a deep red color coupler, it is more preferably a pyrroline azole coupler represented by the general formula (M-1) described in JP-P-8-122984. Paragraphs 0009 to 0026 in this patent are also applicable to this application, as a description of this application Part of it is included. In addition, pyrrolineazole couplers having steric hindrance groups at both the 3-position and 6-position described in European Patent No. 854384 and European Patent No. 884640 can also be used.

作为黄色色素形成成色剂(有时只称作「黄色成色剂」),除了上述表中记载的化合物外,还可以使用以下文献记载的,即,欧洲专利EPO447969A1号说明书中记载的在酰基上具有3~5元环状构造的酰基乙酰胺型黄色成色剂、欧洲专利EPO482552A1号说明书中记载的具有环状构造的丙二二苯基苯胺型黄色成色剂、欧洲公开专利第953870A1号、同第953871A1号、同第953872A1号、同第953873A1号、同第953874A1号、同第953875A1号等中记载的吡咯-2或3-酰或吲哚-2或3-酰羰基醋酸苯基苯胺系成色剂、美国专利第5118599号说明书中记载的具有二构造的酰基乙酰胺型黄色成色剂。其中,最好使用酰基是1-烷基环丙烷-1-羰基的酰基乙酰胺型黄色成色剂、苯基苯胺的一方构成吲哚啉环的丙二二苯基苯胺型黄色成色剂。这些成色剂可单独使用或并用。As a yellow pigment-forming coupler (sometimes simply referred to as a "yellow coupler"), in addition to the compounds described in the above table, those described in the following documents, that is, those described in the specification of European Patent EPO447969A1 having 3 on the acyl group, can also be used. Acylacetamide-type yellow coupler with 5-membered ring structure, propanediphenylaniline-type yellow coupler with ring structure described in European Patent No. EPO482552A1 specification, European Laid-open Patent No. 953870A1, same as No. 953871A1 , Pyrrole-2 or 3-acyl or indole-2 or 3-acyl carbonyl acetate phenylaniline coupler described in No. 953872A1, No. 953873A1, No. 953874A1, No. 953875A1, etc., the United States An acylacetamide-type yellow coupler having a dioxane structure described in Patent No. 5118599. Among them, acetamide-type yellow couplers in which the acyl group is 1-alkylcyclopropane-1-carbonyl, and diphenylaniline-type yellow couplers in which one of the phenylanilines constitute an indoline ring are preferably used. These couplers can be used alone or in combination.

本发明中使用的成色剂,最好在上述表中记载的高沸点有机溶剂存在下(或不存在下)由硫氰酸型胶乳聚合物(例如美国专利第4203716号)浸泡,或与水不溶性且有机可溶性的聚合物一起溶解,在亲水性胶态水溶液中进行乳化分散。最好用的水不溶性且有机溶剂可溶性的聚合物,有美国专利第4857449号说明书中第7栏~15栏和国际公开WO88/00723号说明书中第12页~30页中记载的单聚物或共聚物。更好是甲基丙烯酸酯系或丙烯酸酰胺系聚合物,就像色稳定性等考虑,更好使用丙烯酸酰胺系聚合物。The coupler used in the present invention is preferably soaked with a thiocyanate-type latex polymer (such as U.S. Patent No. 4,203,716) in the presence (or absence) of the high-boiling organic solvents listed in the above table, or mixed with water-insoluble And the organic soluble polymers are dissolved together, and emulsified and dispersed in the hydrophilic colloidal aqueous solution. The most useful water-insoluble and organic solvent-soluble polymers include the monomers recorded in the 7th to 15th columns in the US Patent No. 4857449 specification and the 12th to 30th pages in the specification of International Publication WO88/00723 or copolymer. A methacrylate-based or an acrylamide-based polymer is more preferable, and an acrylamide-based polymer is more preferably used in consideration of color stability and the like.

本发明中虽然可使用公知的防混色剂,但其中最好是以下专利中记载的。In the present invention, known anti-mixture agents can be used, but among them, those described in the following patents are preferable.

例如,最好用特开平5-333501号记载的高分子量的氧化还原型化合物、WO98/33760号美国专利第4923787号等中记载的菲尼酮和肼系化合物、特开平5-249637号、特开平10-282615号和德国专利第19629142A1号等中记载的白色成色剂。在提高显像液的pH,使显像快速化时,更好使用德国专利第19618786A1号、欧洲专利第839623A1号、欧洲专利第842975A1号、德国专利19806846A1号和法国专利第2760460A1号等中记载的氧化还原型化合物。For example, it is preferable to use the high molecular weight redox compounds described in JP-A-5-333501, phenidone and hydrazine-based compounds described in WO98/33760, U.S. Patent No. 4923787, etc., JP-A-5-249637, JP-A White color couplers described in Kaihei No. 10-282615 and German Patent No. 19629142A1. When increasing the pH of the developing solution to speed up the development, it is better to use the ones described in German Patent No. 19618786A1, European Patent No. 839623A1, European Patent No. 842975A1, German Patent No. 19806846A1, French Patent No. 2760460A1, etc. redox compounds.

本发明中,作为紫外线吸收剂,最好使用具有摩尔吸光系数高的三嗪骨架的化合物,例如可使用以下专利中记载的化合物。这些最好添加到感光性层或/和非感光性层中。例如,可使用特开昭46-3335号、同55-152776号、特开平5-197014号、同5-232630号、5-307232号、同6-211813号、同8-53427号、同8-234364号、同8-239368号、同9-31067号、同10-115898号、同10-147577号、同10-182621号、德国专利第19739797A号、欧洲专利第711804A号和特表平8-501291号等中记载的化合物。In the present invention, it is preferable to use a compound having a triazine skeleton with a high molar absorption coefficient as the ultraviolet absorber, for example, compounds described in the following patents can be used. These are preferably added to the photosensitive layer or/and the non-photosensitive layer. For example, you can use JP-A-46-3335, JP-55-152776, JP-5-197014, JP-5-232630, JP-5-307232, JP-6-211813, JP-8-53427, JP-8 -234364, same 8-239368, same 9-31067, same 10-115898, same 10-147577, same 10-182621, German Patent No. 19739797A, European Patent No. 711804A and Special Table Flat 8 - Compounds described in No. 501291 and the like.

作为本发明感光材料中可使用的结合剂或保护胶体,使用明胶很方便,也可以单独或与明胶一起使用其他的亲水性胶体。作为最好的明胶,以铁、铜、锌、锰等杂质含有的重金属,好的在5ppm以下,更好在3ppm以下。感光材料中所含钙的量,好的在20mg/m2以下,更好在10mg/m2以下,最好在5mg/m2以下。As the binder or protective colloid usable in the photosensitive material of the present invention, gelatin is conveniently used, and other hydrophilic colloids may be used alone or together with gelatin. As the best gelatin, the heavy metals contained in impurities such as iron, copper, zinc, manganese, etc. are preferably below 5ppm, more preferably below 3ppm. The amount of calcium contained in the photosensitive material is preferably below 20 mg/m 2 , more preferably below 10 mg/m 2 , most preferably below 5 mg/m 2 .

本发明中,为了防止各种霉菌和细菌在亲水胶体层中繁殖导致图像恶化,最好添加特开昭63-271247号公报中记载的防菌、防雾剂。感光材料的被膜pH好的为4.0~7.0,更好为4.0~6.5。In the present invention, in order to prevent various molds and bacteria from multiplying in the hydrocolloid layer to cause image deterioration, it is preferable to add an antibacterial and antifogging agent described in JP-A-63-271247. The film pH of the photosensitive material is preferably from 4.0 to 7.0, more preferably from 4.0 to 6.5.

本发明中,从提高感光材料的涂布稳定性、防产生静电、调节带电量等方面考虑,可向感光材料中添加表面活性剂。作为表面活性剂,有阴离子系表面活性剂、阳离子系表面活性剂、甜菜碱系表面活性剂、非离子系表面活性剂,例如,特开平5-333492号中记载的。作为本发明中使用的表面活性剂,可以是含有氟原子的表面活性剂。更好使用含氟原子的表面活性剂。这些含氟原子的表面活性剂可单独使用,也可与其他公知的表面活性剂并用,最好是与其他公知的表面活性剂并用。这些表面活性剂向感光材料中的添加量,虽没有特殊限定,但通常是1×10-5~1g/m2,好的是1×10-4~1×10-1g/m2,更好是1×10-3~1×10-2g/m2In the present invention, a surfactant can be added to the photosensitive material in consideration of improving the coating stability of the photosensitive material, preventing static electricity, and adjusting the charge amount. Examples of surfactants include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, betaine-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants, such as those described in JP-A-5-333492. Surfactants used in the present invention may be those containing fluorine atoms. It is better to use a surfactant containing fluorine atoms. These fluorine atom-containing surfactants may be used alone or in combination with other known surfactants, preferably in combination with other known surfactants. The amount of these surfactants added to the photosensitive material is not particularly limited, but usually 1×10 -5 to 1 g/m 2 , preferably 1×10 -4 to 1×10 -1 g/m 2 , More preferably, it is 1×10 -3 to 1×10 -2 g/m 2 .

本发明的感光材料,根据图像信息,通过光照射的曝光过程、和使上述光照射的感光材料进行显像的显像过程,可形成图像。The photosensitive material of the present invention can form an image based on image information through an exposure process of irradiating light and a development process of developing the photosensitive material irradiated with light.

本发明的感光材料,除了用于通常使用阴性印刷机的印刷系统外,也适用于使用阴极线(CRT)的扫描曝光方式。阴极线管曝光装置与使用激光的装置比较,简便,而且小型化,费用低,光轴和色调易于调整。在图像曝光中使用的阴极线管,根据需要可使用在光谱领域内显示发光的各种发光体。例如,使用红色发光体、绿色发光体、兰色发光体中的任何1种,或2种以上混合使用。光谱领域并不只限定于上述的红、绿、兰,也可以使用在黄色、橙色、紫色或红外领域内发光的荧光体。每次都是使用将这些发光体混合形成白色发光的阴极线管。The photosensitive material of the present invention is suitable for a scanning exposure method using a cathode line (CRT) in addition to a printing system using a negative printing machine. Compared with the apparatus using laser, the cathode line tube exposure apparatus is more convenient, smaller in size, less expensive, and easy to adjust the optical axis and color tone. For cathode line tubes used in image exposure, various illuminants that emit light in the spectral range can be used as needed. For example, any one of a red light emitter, a green light emitter, and a blue light emitter, or two or more kinds thereof may be used in combination. The spectral range is not limited to the above-mentioned red, green, and blue, and phosphors that emit light in the yellow, orange, violet, or infrared ranges can also be used. Each time a cathode line tube is used that mixes these illuminants to form a white glow.

感光材料具有不同分光感度分布的数种感光性层,阴极性管在具有光谱领域内呈现数种发光的荧光体时,可对数种颜色一次曝光,即,将数种颜色的图像信号输入阴极线管内,由管面发光。也可采用每次将各种颜色的图像信号依次输入,各种颜色可依次进行发光,通过滤片将该颜色以外的颜色切除掉进行曝光的方法(依次面曝光),一般,依次面曝光法,由于可使用高解像度的阴极线管,获得高质画像,所以最为理想。The photosensitive material has several photosensitive layers with different spectral sensitivity distributions. When the cathode tube has several kinds of luminescent phosphors in the spectral range, it can expose several colors at one time, that is, input the image signals of several colors into the cathode Inside the line pipe, the surface of the pipe emits light. It is also possible to input the image signals of various colors in sequence each time, and each color can emit light in sequence, and the method of exposing the colors other than the color through the filter (sequential surface exposure), generally, the sequential surface exposure method , because it can use high-resolution cathode line tubes to obtain high-quality images, so it is the most ideal.

本发明的感光材料,最好使用数字扫描曝光方式,该数字扫描曝光方式是使用了气体激光、发光二极管、半导体激光、或将半导体激光或使用半导体激光作激励光源的固体激光与非线性光学结晶组合的第二高频发光光源(SHG)等单色高密度光。就系统小型化,廉价而言,最好使用半导体激光或将非线性光学结晶与半导体激光或固体激光组合的第二高频发生光源(SHG)。为了设计成小型的,廉价的、寿命长的、稳定性高的装置,最好使用半导体激光,曝光光源中至少一个最好使用半导体激光的。The photosensitive material of the present invention preferably uses a digital scanning exposure method, which uses a gas laser, a light-emitting diode, a semiconductor laser, or a semiconductor laser or a solid-state laser using a semiconductor laser as an excitation light source and a nonlinear optical crystal. Combined second high-frequency light source (SHG) and other monochromatic high-density light. In terms of system miniaturization and low cost, it is preferable to use a semiconductor laser or a second high-frequency generating light source (SHG) that combines a nonlinear optical crystal with a semiconductor laser or a solid-state laser. In order to design a small, inexpensive, long-life, and highly stable device, it is preferable to use a semiconductor laser, and it is preferable to use a semiconductor laser for at least one of the exposure light sources.

使用这样的扫描曝光光源时,本发明感光材料的分光感度最大波长,可根据所用扫描曝光用光源的波长任意设定。将半导体激光用在激励光源的固体激光或半导体激光与非线性光学结晶组合得到的SHG光源时,由于可将激光的振荡波长分成一半,得到兰色光、绿色光,因此,感光材料的最大分光感度可保持在兰、绿、红三个波长领域内。这种扫描曝光的曝光时间定义为,将画素密度取为400dpi时将画素大小进行曝光的时间,作为好的曝光时间在10-4秒以下,更好在10-6秒以下。When such a scanning exposure light source is used, the maximum spectral sensitivity wavelength of the photosensitive material of the present invention can be set arbitrarily according to the wavelength of the scanning exposure light source used. When a semiconductor laser is used as a solid-state laser to excite a light source or an SHG light source obtained by combining a semiconductor laser with a nonlinear optical crystal, the oscillation wavelength of the laser can be divided into half to obtain blue light and green light. Therefore, the maximum spectral sensitivity of the photosensitive material is It can be kept within the three wavelength ranges of blue, green and red. The exposure time of this scanning exposure is defined as the time for exposing the size of a pixel when the pixel density is 400 dpi, and the exposure time is preferably not more than 10 -4 seconds, more preferably not more than 10 -6 seconds.

本发明的卤化银彩色照相感光材料,最好是与以下公知资料中记载的曝光、显像系统进行组合。作为上述显像系统,有特开平10-333253号中记载的自动印刷和显像系统、特开2000-10206号中记载的感光材料输入装置、特开平11-215312号中记载的含图像读取装置的记录系统、特开平11-88619号和特开平10-202950号中记载的由彩色图像记录方式构成的曝光系统、特开平10-210206号中记载的含有远距离诊断方式的数字光印刷系统、和特愿平10-159187号中记载的含图像记录装置的光印刷系统。The silver halide color photographic photosensitive material of the present invention is preferably combined with an exposure and development system described in the following known documents. Examples of the above-mentioned developing system include the automatic printing and developing system described in JP-A-10-333253, the photosensitive material input device described in JP-A 2000-10206, and the image-reading system described in JP-A-11-215312. The recording system of the device, the exposure system comprising the color image recording method described in JP-A-11-88619 and JP-A-10-202950, the digital optical printing system including the remote diagnosis method described in JP-A-10-210206 , Japanese Patent Application No. 10-159187, an optical printing system including an image recording device.

关于最适于本发明的扫描曝光方式,在上述表中揭示的专利中有详细记载。The scanning exposure method most suitable for this invention is described in detail in the patent disclosed in the said table|surface.

本发明的感光材料进行印刷曝光时,最好使用美国专利第4880726号中记载的波段中止过滤器,这样可去除混色光,显著提高颜色的再现性。When printing and exposing the photosensitive material of the present invention, it is preferable to use the band stop filter described in US Pat. No. 4,880,726, which can remove mixed color light and significantly improve color reproducibility.

本发明中,如欧洲专利EPO789270A1和同EPO789480A1号中记载的那样,在赋予图像信息之前,预先对黄色的微点图案进行前曝光,也可实施复印制约。In the present invention, as described in European Patent Nos. EPO789270A1 and EPO789480A1, before image information is provided, the yellow micro-dot pattern may be pre-exposed to perform copy restriction.

对于本发明感光材料的处理,最好使用特开平2-207250号中第26页右下栏1行~34页右上栏9行、和特开平4-97355号中第5页左上栏17行~18页右下栏20行中记载的处理材料和处理方法。作为该显像液中使用的保恒剂,最好使用上述表中揭示专利中记载的化合物。For the processing of the photosensitive material of the present invention, it is best to use the 1st line in the lower right column on page 26 to the 9th line in the upper right column on page 34 in JP2-207250, and the 17th to the upper left column on page 5 in JP4-97355. The processing materials and processing methods described in the 20th line of the lower right column on page 18. As the retention agent used in the developer, it is preferable to use the compounds described in the disclosed patents in the above table.

本发明最好适用于具有适宜快速处理性的感光材料,在进行快速处理时,发色显像时间好的在60秒以下,更好50秒以下6秒以上,最好30秒以下6秒以上。同样,漂白定影时间好的在60秒以下,更好在50秒以下6秒以上,最好在30秒以下6秒以上。水洗或稳定时间好的150秒以下,更好130秒以下6秒以上。The present invention is preferably suitable for photosensitive materials with suitable rapid processing properties. When performing rapid processing, the color development time is preferably less than 60 seconds, more preferably less than 50 seconds and more than 6 seconds, and most preferably less than 30 seconds and more than 6 seconds. . Similarly, the bleaching and fixing time is preferably less than 60 seconds, more preferably less than 50 seconds and more than 6 seconds, most preferably less than 30 seconds and more than 6 seconds. Washing or stabilization time is preferably less than 150 seconds, more preferably less than 130 seconds and more than 6 seconds.

所谓发色显像时间是指从将感光材料装入发色显像液中后到装入下一道处理工序漂白定影液中的时间。例如,在用自动显像机等处理时,将感光材料在发色显像液中浸渍的时间(所谓液中时间)、和使感光材料离开发色显像液,向下一道处理工序的漂白定影浴,在空气中输送的时间(所谓空中时间),两者的时间合计叫作发色显像时间。同样,所谓漂白定影时间是指从将感光材料装入漂白定影液后,到下一道水洗或装入稳定浴中的时间。所谓水洗或稳定化时间,是指从将感光材料水洗或装入稳定液中后,到干燥过程,在液中存在的时间(所谓液中时间)。The so-called chromogenic and developing time refers to the time from when the photosensitive material is loaded into the chromogenic and developing solution to in the bleaching and fixing solution of the next processing procedure. For example, when processing with an automatic developing machine, etc., the time for immersing the photosensitive material in the color-developing solution (so-called time in the liquid), and the bleaching of the photosensitive material from the color-developing solution for the next processing step The fixing bath is transported in the air (so-called air time), and the total time of the two is called the color development time. Similarly, the so-called bleaching and fixing time refers to the time from when the photosensitive material is loaded into the bleaching and fixing solution to the next water washing or into the stabilization bath. The so-called washing or stabilizing time refers to the time that the photosensitive material exists in the liquid (so-called in-liquid time) from the time the photosensitive material is washed or loaded into the stabilizing liquid to the drying process.

作为将本发明的感光材料曝光后进行显像的方法,以前使用含有碱性剂和显像主剂的显像液进行显像的方法,将显像主剂内藏于感光材料中,用不含显像主剂的碱性液等活性化溶液进行显像的方法等,除了这些湿式方式外,还可以使用不用处理液的热显像方式等。活性化方法,由于处理液中不含有显像主剂,所以处理液容易管理和处理,废液处理时负荷量很少,就环境保护是最理想的方法。As a method of developing the photosensitive material of the present invention after exposure, the conventional method of developing using a developing solution containing an alkaline agent and a main developer is to incorporate the main developer in the photosensitive material without using In addition to the method of developing with an activated solution such as an alkaline solution containing a main developer, in addition to these wet methods, a thermal development method that does not use a treatment liquid, etc. can also be used. The activation method, because the treatment liquid does not contain the main imaging agent, so the treatment liquid is easy to manage and handle, and the load of waste liquid treatment is very small, which is the most ideal method in terms of environmental protection.

在活性化方法中,作为内藏在感光材料中的显像主剂或它的前躯体,最好是特开平8-234388号、同9-152686号、同9-152693号、同9-211814号、同9-160193号中记载的肼型化合物。In the activation method, as the imaging main agent embedded in the photosensitive material or its precursor, JP-A No. 8-234388, No. 9-152686, No. 9-152693, and No. 9-211814 are preferable. No., the same as the hydrazine compound described in No. 9-160193.

也可以使用降低感光材料涂布银量,进行使用过氧化氢的图像增幅处理(辅助处理)的显像方法。最好将此方法用于活性化方法中。具体讲,最好使用特开平8-297354号、同9-152695号中记载的使用含过氧化氢的活性化溶液形成图像的方法。在上述活性化方法中,在使用活性化溶液处理后,通常进行脱银处理,而使用低银量的感光材料的图像增幅处理方法,省去了脱银处理,进行所谓水洗或稳定化处理的简易方法。在使用扫描器等从感光材料读取图像情报的方式时,即使是使用像摄像用感光材料等那样的高银量感光材料,也可以采用不需要脱银处理的处理形式。It is also possible to use a developing method in which the amount of silver coated on the photosensitive material is reduced, and image amplification processing (assistant processing) using hydrogen peroxide is performed. This method is best used in activation methods. Specifically, it is preferable to use the method of forming an image using an activation solution containing hydrogen peroxide described in JP-A-8-297354 and JP-A-9-152695. In the above-mentioned activation method, after the activation solution is used, the desilvering treatment is usually carried out, while the image amplification treatment method using a photosensitive material with a low silver content eliminates the desilvering treatment, and the so-called water washing or stabilization treatment is carried out. Easy way. In the case of using a scanner or the like to read image information from a photosensitive material, even if a photosensitive material with a high silver content such as a photosensitive material for imaging is used, a processing form that does not require desilvering treatment can be adopted.

本发明中使用的活性化溶液,可以使用公知的脱银液(漂白/定影液)、水洗和稳定化液的处理材料和处理方法。最好使用リサ一チ·デイスクロ一ジヤ-Item36544(1994年9月)第536页~第541页、特开平8-234388号中记载的。As the activation solution used in the present invention, known treatment materials and treatment methods for desilvering solution (bleaching/fixing solution), water washing and stabilizing solution can be used. It is preferable to use those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-234388, pp. 536 to 541, of Lisaichi.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是实施例2中溴化物和碘化物离子向乳剂G-4粒子深度方向上的浓度分布曲线图。Figure 1 is a graph showing the concentration distribution of bromide and iodide ions in the depth direction of the emulsion G-4 particles in Example 2.

以下根据实施例具体说明本发明,但本发明不受这些实例所限制。The present invention will be specifically described below based on examples, but the present invention is not limited by these examples.

实施例1Example 1

(乳剂B-1的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-1)

将1000ml石灰处理明胶3%水溶液调整到pH3.3、pCl1.7,边强烈搅拌边在66℃同时添加混合含2.12摩尔硝酸银水溶液和含2.2摩尔氯化钠水溶液。在硝酸银添加到80%~90%时,添加K4[Ru(CN)6]水溶液,使制作出的Ru量,对每1摩尔卤化银,达到3×10-5摩尔的量。在硝酸银添加到83%~88%时,添加K2[IrCL6]水溶液,使制作出的Ir量,对每1摩尔卤化银,达到3×10-8摩尔的量。在硝酸银添加到92%~98%时,添加K2[Ir(H2O)Cl5]水溶液,使制作出的Ir量,对于每1摩尔卤化银,达到1×10-6摩尔的量。40℃下实施脱氯处理后,加入168g石灰处理明胶,调整到pH5.7、pCl1.8。所得粒子是边长0.6μm,变动系数11%的立体氯化银乳剂。1000ml of lime-treated gelatin 3% aqueous solution was adjusted to pH3.3, pCl1.7, while vigorously stirring at 66°C, simultaneously added and mixed aqueous solution containing 2.12 moles of silver nitrate and aqueous solution containing 2.2 moles of sodium chloride. When silver nitrate was added to 80% to 90%, an aqueous solution of K 4 [Ru(CN) 6 ] was added so that the amount of Ru produced would be 3×10 -5 mol per 1 mol of silver halide. When silver nitrate was added to 83% to 88%, an aqueous solution of K 2 [IrCl 6 ] was added so that the amount of Ir produced would be 3×10 -8 mol per 1 mol of silver halide. When silver nitrate is added to 92% to 98%, an aqueous solution of K 2 [Ir(H 2 O)Cl 5 ] is added so that the amount of Ir produced is 1×10 -6 mol per 1 mol of silver halide . After the dechlorination treatment was carried out at 40°C, 168g of lime was added to treat the gelatin, and the pH was adjusted to 5.7 and pCl 1.8. The obtained particles were a three-dimensional silver chloride emulsion with a side length of 0.6 µm and a coefficient of variation of 11%.

将该乳剂在40℃溶解,相对每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-5摩尔的硫代磺酸钠,作为硫增感剂,使用硫代硫酸钠5水合物和金增感剂(S-2)在60℃熟成达到最适宜。降温到40℃后,对于每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-4摩尔的增感色素A、对于每1摩尔卤化银添加1×10-4摩尔的增感色素B、对于每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-4摩尔的1-苯基-5-巯基四唑,对于每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-4摩尔1-(5-甲基脲苯基)-5-巯基四唑、对于每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-3摩尔的溴化钾。将这些得到的乳剂作为乳剂B-1。This emulsion was dissolved at 40° C., and 2×10 −5 moles of sodium thiosulfonate were added per mole of silver halide. As sulfur sensitizers, sodium thiosulfate 5 hydrate and gold sensitizer (S- 2) Mature at 60°C to achieve the optimum. After cooling down to 40°C, add 2× 10-4 moles of sensitizing pigment A for every mole of silver halide, add 1× 10-4 moles of sensitizing pigment B for every mole of silver halide, and add Add 2× 10-4 moles of 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, for every 1 mole of silver halide, add 2× 10-4 moles of 1-(5-methylureaphenyl)-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2 x 10 -3 moles of potassium bromide were added per 1 mole of silver halide. These obtained emulsions were referred to as emulsion B-1.

(增感色素A)(Sensitizing Pigment A)

(增感色素B)(Sensitizing Pigment B)

Figure C0211869400442
Figure C0211869400442

(乳剂B-2的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-2)

在硝酸银添加到90%结束时,边强烈混合边添加碘化钾水溶液,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出I量达到0.2摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂B-1不同的乳剂,是得到粒子边长0.6μm、变动系数11%的立方体碘氯化银乳剂。将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-2。At the end of adding silver nitrate to 90%, an aqueous solution of potassium iodide was added while vigorously mixing to prepare an amount of 0.2 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide to prepare an emulsion different from Emulsion B-1. Cubic silver iodochloride emulsion with particle side length of 0.6 μm and coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion B-2.

对所得乳剂B-2的碘化物离子浓度分布利用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析,可知碘化物离子浓度在粒子表面最大,向内侧浓度逐渐降低。即使碘化物盐溶液的添加在粒子内侧(硝酸银添加90%的位置)终结,碘化物离子向着粒子表面渗出。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-2没有差异,认为乳剂B-2含有在粒子最表面上含碘化银相形成层状的碘氯化银粒子。The iodide ion concentration distribution of the obtained emulsion B-2 was analyzed by the etching/TOF-SIMS method, and it was found that the iodide ion concentration was the highest on the particle surface, and gradually decreased toward the inside. Even when the addition of the iodide salt solution was terminated inside the particle (where 90% of the silver nitrate was added), iodide ions bleed out toward the particle surface. The morphology of the produced particles was not different from that of Emulsions B-1 and B-2, and Emulsion B-2 is considered to contain silver iodochloride particles having a silver iodide-containing phase on the outermost surface of the particles forming a layer.

(乳剂B-3的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-3)

在硝酸银的添加达到80%~90%的时刻,边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Br量达到2摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂B-1不同的乳剂,是所得粒子边长为0.6μm、变动系数11%的立方体溴氯化银乳剂。将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-3。When the addition of silver nitrate reaches 80% to 90%, potassium bromide is added while vigorously mixing, and the amount of Br produced is 2 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide, which is adjusted to be different from that of emulsion B-1. The emulsion obtained is a cubic silver bromide chloride emulsion with a particle side length of 0.6 μm and a coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion B-3.

所得乳剂B-3的溴化物离子浓度分布用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析时,可知在粒子内部溴化物离子浓度最大。在进行添加溴化物盐溶液的粒子内侧(硝酸银添加80%~90%的位置)呈现出含溴化银相。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-3几乎没有差异,认为乳剂B-3含有在粒子内部使含溴化银相形成层状的溴氯化银粒子。When the bromide ion concentration distribution of the obtained emulsion B-3 was analyzed by the etching/TOF-SIMS method, it was found that the bromide ion concentration was maximum inside the particles. A silver bromide-containing phase appeared on the inner side of the particle (where 80% to 90% of silver nitrate was added) to which the bromide salt solution was added. The morphology of the produced particles was almost indistinguishable from that of emulsions B-1 and B-3, and it is considered that emulsion B-3 contains silver bromide chloride particles in which a silver bromide-containing phase is layered inside the particles.

(乳剂B-4的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-4)

硝酸银的添加达到90%~100%的时刻,边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Br量达2摩尔%的量,调制成和乳剂B-1不同的乳剂,是所得粒子边长为0.6μm、变动系数为11%的立方体溴氯化银乳剂。将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-4。When the addition of silver nitrate reaches 90% to 100%, potassium bromide is added while vigorously mixing, and the amount of Br produced is 2 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide, and it is prepared to be different from emulsion B-1. The emulsion was a cubic silver bromide chloride emulsion obtained with a particle side length of 0.6 µm and a coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion B-4.

所得乳剂B-4的溴化物离子浓度分布用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析时,可知溴化物离子主要分布在表面附近。在进行溴化物盐溶液添加的粒子表面附近(硝酸银添加90%~100%的位置)呈现出形成的含溴化银相。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-4大致没有差异,认为乳剂B-4含有在表面附近使含溴化银相形成层状的溴氯化银粒子。When the bromide ion concentration distribution of the obtained emulsion B-4 was analyzed by the etching/TOF-SIMS method, it was found that bromide ions were mainly distributed near the surface. The formed silver bromide-containing phase appeared near the surface of the particle where the addition of the bromide salt solution was performed (position where silver nitrate was added 90% to 100%). The morphology of the produced particles was almost the same as that of Emulsions B-1 and B-4, and it is considered that Emulsion B-4 contains silver bromide chloride particles in which the silver bromide-containing phase forms a layer near the surface.

(乳剂B-5的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-5)

硝酸银的添加达到80%~100%时刻,边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Br量达到4摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂B-1不同的乳剂。是所得粒子边长为0.6μm、变动系数11%的立方体溴氯化银乳剂。将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-5。When the addition of silver nitrate reaches 80% to 100%, potassium bromide is added while vigorously mixing, and the amount of Br produced is 4 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide, and an emulsion different from emulsion B-1 is prepared. . The resulting cubic silver bromide chloride emulsion had a particle side length of 0.6 µm and a coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion B-5.

所得乳剂B-5的溴化物离子浓度分布用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析时,可知溴化物离子从粒子内部向表面分布。在进行添加溴化物盐溶液的粒子内侧向表面(硝酸银添加80%~100%的位置)呈现出形成的含溴化银相。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-5没有差异,认为乳剂B-5含有从粒子内部到表面含有溴化银相形成层状的溴氯化银粒子。When the bromide ion concentration distribution of the obtained emulsion B-5 was analyzed by the etching/TOF-SIMS method, it was found that bromide ions were distributed from the inside of the particle to the surface. The formed silver bromide-containing phase appears toward the surface (position where silver nitrate is added 80% to 100%) from the inside of the particle where the bromide salt solution is added. The morphology of the produced particles was not different from that of Emulsions B-1 and B-5, and Emulsion B-5 is considered to contain silver bromide chloride particles that contain silver bromide phases from the inside of the particles to the surface to form layers.

(乳剂B-6的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-6)

硝酸银的添加从80%~90%的时刻,强烈混合并添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Br量达到2摩尔%的量,进而在硝酸银的添加达到90%终结的时刻,强烈混合并添加碘化钾水溶液,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出I量达到0.2摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂B-1不同的乳剂。是所得粒子边长为0.6μm、变动系数为11%的立方体碘溴氯化银乳剂,将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-6。Add silver nitrate from 80% to 90%, vigorously mix and add potassium bromide, make the amount of Br to be 2 mol% per 1 mole of silver halide, and then finish when the addition of silver nitrate reaches 90% At the moment, the aqueous solution of potassium iodide was mixed vigorously and added so that the amount of I was 0.2 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide, and an emulsion different from Emulsion B-1 was prepared. The resulting cubic silver iodobromochloride emulsion had a particle side length of 0.6 µm and a coefficient of variation of 11%, and the thus obtained emulsion was designated as emulsion B-6.

所得乳剂B-6的碘化物离子和溴化物离子浓度分布用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析时,可知在粒子表面碘化物离子浓度极大,向内侧浓度衰减,与此相反,在粒子内部溴化物离子浓度极大。即使在粒子内侧(硝酸银添加90%的位置)碘化物盐溶液的添加终结,碘化物离子向粒子表面渗出,在进行溴化物盐溶液添加的粒子内侧(硝酸银添加80%~90%的位置)呈现出形成的含溴化银相。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-6没有差异,认为乳剂B-6含有在粒子内部含溴化银相形成层状,在粒子最表面含碘化银相形成层状的碘溴氯化银粒子。When the iodide ion and bromide ion concentration distributions of the obtained emulsion B-6 were analyzed by the etching/TOF-SIMS method, it was found that the concentration of iodide ions was extremely high on the surface of the particles, and the concentration attenuated toward the inner side. The concentration of compound ions is extremely high. Even if the addition of the iodide salt solution ends on the inner side of the particle (the position where silver nitrate is added at 90%), the iodide ion oozes out to the surface of the particle. position) showing the formation of silver bromide-containing phases. There is no difference between the prepared particle morphology and emulsions B-1 and B-6. It is considered that emulsion B-6 contains iodobromochloride in which the silver bromide phase is formed inside the particles and the silver iodide phase is formed on the outermost surface of the particles. silver particles.

(乳剂B-7的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-7)

在硝酸银的添加达90%终结的时刻,边强烈混合边添加碘化钾水溶液,对于每1摩尔卤化银使制作出I量达到0.2摩尔%的量,进而,在硝酸银的添加达到90%~100%的时刻边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银使制作出Br量达到2摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂B-1不同的乳剂。是所得粒子边长为0.6μm、变动系数11%的立方体碘溴氯化银乳剂,将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-7。At the moment when the addition of silver nitrate reaches 90%, the aqueous solution of potassium iodide is added while vigorously mixing, so that the amount of I produced reaches 0.2 mol% for every mol of silver halide, and then the addition of silver nitrate reaches 90%~100% % Potassium bromide was added while vigorously mixing to prepare an amount of Br of 2 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide to prepare an emulsion different from Emulsion B-1. The resulting cubic silver iodobromochloride emulsion had a particle side length of 0.6 µm and a coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as Emulsion B-7.

所得乳剂B-7的碘化物离子和溴化物离子浓度颁用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析时,可知在粒子表面碘化物离子浓度极大,向内侧浓度衰减,溴化物离子主要分布在表面附近。即使在粒子内侧(硝酸银添加90%的位置)碘化物盐溶液的添加终结,碘化的离子向粒子表面渗出,在进行添加溴化物盐溶液的粒子表面附近(硝酸银添加90%~100%的位置)呈现出形成的含溴化银相。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-7没有差异,认为乳剂B-7含有在表面上使含溴化银相和含碘化银相形成层状的碘溴氯化银粒子。When the concentration of iodide ion and bromide ion of the obtained emulsion B-7 is analyzed by etching/TOF-SIMS method, it can be seen that the concentration of iodide ion on the surface of the particle is extremely high, and the concentration decays toward the inner side, and the bromide ion is mainly distributed near the surface. . Even if the addition of the iodide salt solution is terminated inside the particle (the position where silver nitrate is added at 90%), the iodized ions ooze out to the particle surface, and near the particle surface where the bromide salt solution is added (the silver nitrate is added at 90% to 100%) % position) exhibits the formation of silver bromide-containing phases. The morphology of the produced particles was not different from that of Emulsions B-1 and B-7, and Emulsion B-7 is considered to contain silver iodobromochloride particles on the surface of which the silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase are layered.

(乳剂B-8的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion B-8)

硝酸银的添加达到80%~100%的时刻,边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Br量达到4摩尔%的量,进而在硝酸银的添加达到90%终结的时刻,边强烈混合边添加碘化钾水溶液,对于每1摩尔卤化银,使制作出I量达0.2摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂B-1不同的乳剂。是所得粒子边长为0.6μm、变动系数为11%的立方体碘溴氯化银乳剂,将这样得到的乳剂取为乳剂B-8。When the addition of silver nitrate reaches 80% to 100%, potassium bromide is added while vigorously mixing, so that the amount of Br produced per 1 mole of silver halide reaches 4 mol%, and then the addition of silver nitrate reaches 90%. At the time of termination, an aqueous solution of potassium iodide was added while vigorously mixing to prepare an amount of 1 to 0.2 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide to prepare an emulsion different from Emulsion B-1. The resulting cubic silver iodobromochloride emulsion had a particle side length of 0.6 μm and a coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion B-8.

所得乳剂B-8的碘化物离子和溴化物离子浓度分布用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法分析时,可知在粒子表面碘化物离子浓度极大,并向内侧浓度衰减,与其相反,溴化物离子从粒子内部向表面分布。即使在粒子内侧(硝酸银添加90%的位置)碘化物盐溶液终结,碘化物离子向粒子表面渗出,从进行添加溴化物盐溶液的粒子内侧向表面(硝酸银添加80%~100%的位置),呈现出形成含溴化银相。制作出的粒子形态与乳剂B-1和B-8没有差异,认为乳剂B-8含有从粒子内部向表面使含溴化银相形成层状,在粒子最表面使含碘化银相形成层状的碘溴氯化银粒子。When the iodide ion and bromide ion concentration distribution of the obtained emulsion B-8 was analyzed by etching/TOF-SIMS method, it was found that the concentration of iodide ion was extremely high on the surface of the particle, and the concentration decayed toward the inner side. Particles are distributed from the inside to the surface. Even if the iodide salt solution ends on the inside of the particle (where silver nitrate is added 90%), iodide ions ooze out to the surface of the particle, from the inside of the particle where the bromide salt solution is added to the surface (where silver nitrate is added 80% to 100%) position), showing the formation of silver bromide-containing phases. There is no difference between the prepared particle morphology and emulsions B-1 and B-8. It is considered that emulsion B-8 contains a silver bromide-containing phase forming a layer from the inside of the particle to the surface, and a silver iodide-containing phase forming a layer on the outermost surface of the particle. Silver iodobromochloride particles.

将聚乙烯树脂涂覆纸的两面,在如此形成的支撑体表面上,实放电晕放电处理后,设置含有十二烷基苯磺酸钠的明胶下涂层,进而依次涂覆第一层~第七层的照相构成层,制作以下所示层构成的卤化银彩色照相感光材料试料。各照相构成层用的涂布液,按如下调制。Polyethylene resin is coated on both sides of the paper, and on the surface of the support formed in this way, after corona discharge treatment, a gelatin undercoat layer containing sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate is set, and then the first layer~ For the photographic constituent layer of the seventh layer, a silver halide color photographic photosensitive material sample having the layer constitution shown below was prepared. The coating liquid for each photographic constituent layer was prepared as follows.

第一层涂布液调制Preparation of the first layer of coating liquid

将57g黄色成色剂(Exy)、7g像色稳定剂(Cpd-1)、4g像色稳定剂(Cpd-2)、7g像色稳定剂(Cpd-3)、2g像色稳定剂(Cpd-8)溶解在21g溶剂(Solv-1)和80ml醋酸乙酯中,将该溶液在含有4g的十二烷基苯磺酸钠的220g 23.5质量%明胶水溶液中,用高速搅拌乳化机(溶解器)进行乳化分散,加入水调制成900g乳化分散物A。57g of yellow coupler (Exy), 7g of color stabilizer (Cpd-1), 4g of color stabilizer (Cpd-2), 7g of color stabilizer (Cpd-3), 2g of color stabilizer (Cpd- 8) be dissolved in 21g solvent (Solv-1) and 80ml ethyl acetate, this solution is in the 220g 23.5 mass % gelatin aqueous solution that contains 4g sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, with high-speed stirring emulsifier (dissolver ) is emulsified and dispersed, and water is added to modulate into 900g emulsified dispersion A.

另一方面,将上述乳化分散物A和乳剂B-1混合溶解,调制成下述组成的第一层涂布液。乳剂涂布量表示成换算银量的涂布量。On the other hand, the above-mentioned emulsified dispersion A and emulsion B-1 were mixed and dissolved to prepare a first-layer coating liquid having the following composition. The coating amount of the emulsion is shown as the coating amount converted to the amount of silver.

第二层~第七层用的涂布液也以和第一层涂布液相同的方法调制。作为各层的明胶硬化剂,使用1-氧-3,5-二氯-S-三嗪钠盐(H-1)、(H-2)、(H-3)。向各层中分别添加Ab-1、Ab-2、Ab-3、和Ab-4,总量分别达到15.0mg/m2、60.0mg/m2、5.0m/m2和10.0mg/m2The coating liquids for the second to seventh layers were also prepared in the same manner as the coating liquid for the first layer. 1-Oxo-3,5-dichloro-S-triazine sodium salts (H-1), (H-2), and (H-3) were used as gelatin hardeners for the respective layers. Add Ab-1, Ab-2, Ab-3, and Ab-4 to each layer respectively, and the total amount reaches 15.0mg/m 2 , 60.0mg/m 2 , 5.0m/m 2 and 10.0mg/m 2 .

(H-1)硬膜剂(H-1) Hard film agent

Figure C0211869400481
Figure C0211869400481

(H-2)硬膜剂(H-2) Hard film agent

(H-3)硬膜剂(H-3) Hard film agent

Figure C0211869400483
Figure C0211869400483

【化8】【chemical 8】

(Ab-1)防腐剂                                (Ab-2)防腐剂(Ab-1) Preservatives (Ab-2) Preservatives

(Ab-3)防腐剂(Ab-3) Preservatives

(Ab-4)防腐剂(Ab-4) Preservatives

    R1     R2     abcd     -CH3-CH3-H-H     -NHCH3-NH2-NH2-NHCH3 R 1 R 2 abcd -CH 3 -CH 3 -HH -NHCH 3 -NH 2 -NH 2 -NHCH 3

A,b,c,d的1∶1∶1∶1混合物(摩尔比)1:1:1:1 mixture of A, b, c, d (molar ratio)

在绿色和红色感性乳剂层的溴氯化银乳剂中,分别使用以下的分光增感色素。In the silver bromide chloride emulsions of the green and red sensitive emulsion layers, the following spectrally sensitizing dyes were used, respectively.

绿色感性乳剂层Green Sensitive Emulsion Layer

【化9】【Chemical 9】

(增感色素D)(Sensitizing Pigment D)

Figure C0211869400501
Figure C0211869400501

(增感色素E)(Sensitizing Pigment E)

(增感色素F)(Sensitizing Pigment F)

(增感色素D:对于每1摩尔卤化银,对大尺寸乳剂添加3.0×10-4摩尔,对小尺寸乳剂添加3.6×10-4摩尔。增感色素E:对于每1摩尔卤化银,对大尺寸乳剂添加4.0×10-5摩尔,对小尺寸乳剂添加7.0×10-5摩尔。增感色素F:对于每1摩尔卤化银,对大尺寸乳剂添加2.0×10-4摩尔,对小尺寸乳剂添加2.8×10-4摩尔。)(Sensitizing pigment D: For every 1 mole of silver halide, add 3.0×10 -4 moles to large size emulsion, add 3.6×10 -4 moles to small size emulsion. Sensitizing pigment E: For every 1 mole of silver halide, add Add 4.0×10 -5 moles to large size emulsions, add 7.0×10 -5 moles to small size emulsions. Sensitizing pigment F: for every 1 mole of silver halide, add 2.0×10 -4 moles to large size emulsions, and add 2.0×10 -4 moles to small size emulsions Emulsion added 2.8×10 -4 mol.)

红色感性乳剂层red sensual emulsion layer

Figure C0211869400511
Figure C0211869400511

(增感色素G和H:分别对于每1摩尔卤化银,对大尺乳剂添加8.0×10-5摩尔,对小尺寸乳剂添加10.7×10-5摩尔。进而在红色感性乳剂层中,对于每1摩尔卤化银,添加3.0×10-3摩尔的以下化合物。)(Sensitizing pigments G and H: Add 8.0× 10-5 moles to large-scale emulsions and 10.7× 10-5 moles to small-size emulsions for every 1 mole of silver halide, respectively. Furthermore, in the red sensitive emulsion layer, for each 1 mole of silver halide, add 3.0×10 -3 moles of the following compounds.)

(化合物I)(Compound I)

在绿色感性乳剂层和红色感性乳剂层中,分别对于每1摩尔卤化银,添加1.0×10-3摩尔和5.9×10-4摩尔的1-(3-甲脲苯基)-5-巯基四唑。In the green sensitive emulsion layer and the red sensitive emulsion layer, for every 1 mole of silver halide, 1.0×10 -3 moles and 5.9×10 -4 moles of 1-(3-methylureaphenyl)-5-mercapto tetra azole.

进而,在第二层、第四层、第六层和第七层中,分别添加达到0.2mg/m2、0.2mg/m2、0.6mg/m2、0.1mg/m2Furthermore, in the second layer, the fourth layer, the sixth layer, and the seventh layer, 0.2 mg/m 2 , 0.2 mg/m 2 , 0.6 mg/m 2 , and 0.1 mg/m 2 were added, respectively.

在兰色感性乳剂层和绿色感性乳剂层中,分别对于每1摩尔卤化银,添加1×10-4摩尔、2×10-4摩尔的4-羟基-6-甲基-1,3,3a,7-四嗪癸烷。In the blue sensitive emulsion layer and the green sensitive emulsion layer, for every 1 mole of silver halide, add 1×10 -4 moles, 2×10 -4 moles of 4-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,3,3a , 7-tetrazine decane.

在红色感性乳剂层中添加0.05g/m2的甲基丙烯酸和丙烯酸丁酯的共聚物胶乳(质量比1∶1、平均分子量200000~400000)。Add 0.05 g/m 2 copolymer latex of methacrylic acid and butyl acrylate (mass ratio 1:1, average molecular weight 200,000-400,000) to the red sensitive emulsion layer.

第二层、第四层和第六层中,分别添加6mg/m2、6mg/m2、18mg/m2的邻苯二酚-3,5-二磺酸二钠。In the second layer, the fourth layer and the sixth layer, disodium catechol-3,5-disulfonate was added at 6 mg/m 2 , 6 mg/m 2 , and 18 mg/m 2 , respectively.

为了防止光渗,添加以下染料(括号内表示涂布量)。In order to prevent light bleeding, the following dyes were added (coating amounts are indicated in parentheses).

(层构成)(layer composition)

以下示出各层的构成。数字表示涂布量(q/m2),卤化银乳剂表示银换算涂布量。The configuration of each layer is shown below. The numbers indicate the coating amount (q/m 2 ), and the silver halide emulsion indicates the coating amount in terms of silver.

支撑体Support body

聚乙烯树脂叠层纸Polyethylene resin laminated paper

[在第一层侧的聚乙烯树脂中含有白色颜料(TiO2:含有率16质量%、ZnO:含有率4质量%)、荧光增白剂(4,4’-二(5-甲苯唑基)芪。含有率0.03质量%)和兰色染料(群青)][The polyethylene resin on the first layer side contains a white pigment (TiO 2 : content rate 16% by mass, ZnO: content rate 4% by mass), fluorescent whitening agent (4,4'-bis(5-tolyloxazole) base) stilbene. Content rate 0.03% by mass) and blue dye (ultramarine blue)]

第一层(兰色感性乳剂层)The first layer (blue sensitive emulsion layer)

乳剂B-1                           0.24Emulsion B-1 0.24

明胶                              1.25Gelatin 1.25

黄色成色剂(ExY)                   0.57Yellow coupler (ExY) 0.57

像色稳定剂(Cpd-1)                 0.07Image Stabilizer (Cpd-1) 0.07

像色稳定剂(Cpd-2)                 0.04Image stabilizer (Cpd-2) 0.04

像色稳定剂(Cpd-3)                 0.07Image stabilizer (Cpd-3) 0.07

像色稳定剂(Cpd-8)                 0.02Image stabilizer (Cpd-8) 0.02

溶剂(Solv-1)                      0.21Solvent (Solv-1) 0.21

第二层(防混色层)The second layer (anti-mixing color layer)

明胶                              0.99Gelatin 0.99

防混色剂(Cpd-4)                   0.09Anti-mixing agent (Cpd-4) 0.09

像色稳定剂(Cpd-5)                 0.018Image Stabilizer (Cpd-5) 0.018

像色稳定剂(Cpd-6)                 0.13Image Stabilizer (Cpd-6) 0.13

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)                 0.01Image Stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.01

溶剂(Solv-1)                      0.06Solvent (Solv-1) 0.06

溶剂(Solv-2)                      0.22Solvent (Solv-2) 0.22

第三层(绿色感性乳剂层)The third layer (green sensual emulsion layer)

溴氯化银乳剂BB(金硫增感的立方体、平均粒子尺寸0.45μm大尺寸乳剂和0.35μm小尺寸乳剂的1∶3混合物(银摩尔比)。粒子尺寸分布的变动系数分别为0.10和0.08。各尺寸乳剂,在粒子表面附近含有0.15摩尔%碘化银,在粒子表面局部含有0.4摩尔%的溴化银)0.14Silver bromide chloride emulsion BB (gold-sulfur sensitized cube, 1:3 mixture (silver molar ratio) of average particle size 0.45 μm large-size emulsion and 0.35 μm small-size emulsion. Coefficients of variation of particle size distribution are 0.10 and 0.08, respectively Each size emulsion contains 0.15 mol% silver iodide near the particle surface, and contains 0.4 mol% silver bromide locally on the particle surface) 0.14

明胶                                      1.36Gelatin 1.36

深红色成色剂(ExM)                         0.15Crimson coupler (ExM) 0.15

紫外线吸收剂(UV-A)                        0.14Ultraviolet absorber (UV-A) 0.14

像色稳定剂(Cpd-2)                         0.02Image stabilizer (Cpd-2) 0.02

像色稳定剂(Cpd-4)                         0.002Image stabilizer (Cpd-4) 0.002

像色稳定剂(Cpd-6)                         0.09Image stabilizer (Cpd-6) 0.09

像色稳定剂(Cpd-8)                         0.02Image stabilizer (Cpd-8) 0.02

像色稳定剂(Cpd-9)                         0.03Image Stabilizer (Cpd-9) 0.03

像色稳定剂(Cpd-10)                        0.01Image Stabilizer (Cpd-10) 0.01

像色稳定剂(Cpd-11)                        0.0001Image stabilizer (Cpd-11) 0.0001

溶剂(Solv-3)                              0.11Solvent (Solv-3) 0.11

溶剂(Solv-4)                              0.22Solvent (Solv-4) 0.22

溶剂(Solv-5)                              0.20Solvent (Solv-5) 0.20

第四层(防混色层)The fourth layer (anti-mixing color layer)

明胶                                      0.71Gelatin 0.71

防混色层(Cpd-4)                           0.06Anti-aliasing layer (Cpd-4) 0.06

像色稳定剂(Cpd-5)                         0.013Image stabilizer (Cpd-5) 0.013

像色稳定剂(Cpd-6)                         0.10Image stabilizer (Cpd-6) 0.10

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)                         0.007Image Stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.007

溶剂(Solv-1)                              0.04Solvent (Solv-1) 0.04

溶剂(Solv-2)                              0.16Solvent (Solv-2) 0.16

第五层(红色感性乳剂层)The fifth layer (red sensual emulsion layer)

溴氯化银乳剂CC(金硫增感的立方体、平均粒子尺寸0.40μm大尺寸乳剂和0.30μm小尺寸乳剂的5∶5混合物(银摩尔比)。粒子尺寸分布的变动系数分别为0.09和0.11。各尺寸乳剂,在粒子表面附近含有0.1摩尔%的碘化银,在粒子表面局部含有0.8摩尔%的溴化银)0.12Silver bromide chloride emulsion CC (gold sulfur sensitized cube, 5:5 mixture (silver molar ratio) of average particle size 0.40 μm large size emulsion and 0.30 μm small size emulsion. Coefficients of variation of particle size distribution are 0.09 and 0.11, respectively Each size emulsion contains 0.1 mol% silver iodide near the particle surface, and 0.8 mol% silver bromide locally on the particle surface) 0.12

明胶                                      1.11Gelatin 1.11

氰成色剂(ExC-2)                           0.13Cyanogen coupler (ExC-2) 0.13

氰成色剂(ExC-3)                           0.03Cyanogen coupler (ExC-3) 0.03

像色稳定剂(Cpd-1)                         0.05Image Stabilizer (Cpd-1) 0.05

像色稳定剂(Cpd-6)                         0.06Image stabilizer (Cpd-6) 0.06

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)                         0.02Image stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.02

像色稳定剂(Cpd-9)                         0.04Image stabilizer (Cpd-9) 0.04

像色稳定剂(Cpd-10)                        0.01Image Stabilizer (Cpd-10) 0.01

像色稳定剂(Cpd-14)                        0.01Image stabilizer (Cpd-14) 0.01

像色稳定剂(Cpd-15)                        0.12Image Stabilizer (Cpd-15) 0.12

像色稳定剂(Cpd-16)                        0.03Image Stabilizer (Cpd-16) 0.03

像色稳定剂(Cpd-17)                        0.09Image stabilizer (Cpd-17) 0.09

像色稳定剂(Cpd-18)                        0.07Image Stabilizer (Cpd-18) 0.07

溶剂(Solv-5)                              0.15Solvent (Solv-5) 0.15

溶剂(Solv-5)                              0.05Solvent (Solv-5) 0.05

第六层(紫外线吸收层)The sixth layer (ultraviolet absorbing layer)

明胶                                      0.46Gelatin 0.46

紫外线吸收剂(UV-B)                        0.45Ultraviolet absorber (UV-B) 0.45

化合物(S1-4)                              0.0015Compound (S1-4) 0.0015

溶剂(Solv-7)                              0.25Solvent (Solv-7) 0.25

第七层(保护层)The seventh layer (protective layer)

明胶                                      1.00Gelatin 1.00

聚乙烯醇的丙烯酸变性共聚物    (变性度17%)0.04Acrylic denatured copolymer of polyvinyl alcohol (17% degree of denaturation) 0.04

流动石蜡                                  0.02Mobile paraffin 0.02

表面活性剂(Cpd-13)                        0.01Surfactant (Cpd-13) 0.01

【化13】【chemical 13】

(ExY)黄色成色剂(ExY) yellow coupler

Figure C0211869400571
Figure C0211869400571

【化14】【Chemical 14】

(ExM)深红色成色剂(ExM) deep red coupler

Figure C0211869400581
Figure C0211869400581

【化15】【chemical 15】

(ExC-2)氰成色剂(ExC-2) Cyanogen coupler

Figure C0211869400591
Figure C0211869400591

(ExC-3)氰成色剂(ExC-3) Cyanogen coupler

Figure C0211869400592
Figure C0211869400592

【化16】【Chemical 16】

(Cpd-1)色像稳定剂(Cpd-1) Color Image Stabilizer

(Cpd-2)色像稳定剂(Cpd-2) Color Image Stabilizer

Figure C0211869400602
Figure C0211869400602

(Cpd-3)色像稳定剂(Cpd-3) Color Image Stabilizer

(Cpd-4)防混色剂(Cpd-4) anti-mixing agent

【化17】【Chemical 17】

(Cpd-5)色像安定剂(Cpd-5) Color Image Stabilizer

(Cpd-6)色像安定剂(Cpd-6) Color Image Stabilizer

(Cpd-7)色像安定剂                          (Cpd-8)色像安定剂(Cpd-7) Color Stabilizer (Cpd-8) Color Stabilizer

(Cpd-9)色像安定剂                          (Cpd-10)色像安定剂(Cpd-9) Color Stabilizer (Cpd-10) Color Stabilizer

【化18】【chemical 18】

(Cpd-11)(Cpd-11)

Figure C0211869400621
Figure C0211869400621

(Cpd-13)界面活性剂(Cpd-13)surfactant

【化19】【chemical 19】

(Cpd-14)                                           (Cpd-15)(Cpd-14) (Cpd-15)

Figure C0211869400631
Figure C0211869400631

(Cpd-16)                                     (Cpd-17)(Cpd-16) (Cpd-17)

Figure C0211869400632
Figure C0211869400632

(Cpd-18)(Cpd-18)

Figure C0211869400633
Figure C0211869400633

(Cpd-19)混色防止剂(Cpd-19) Anti-color mixing agent

【化20】【chemical 20】

(UV-1)紫外线吸收剂                                 (UV-2)紫外线吸收剂(UV-1) Ultraviolet Absorber (UV-2) Ultraviolet Absorber

(UV-3)紫外线吸收剂                              (UV-4)紫外线吸收剂(UV-3) Ultraviolet Absorber (UV-4) Ultraviolet Absorber

(UV-5)紫外线吸收剂                              (UV-6)紫外线吸收剂(UV-5) Ultraviolet Absorber (UV-6) Ultraviolet Absorber

(UV-7)紫外线吸收剂(UV-7) Ultraviolet absorber

Figure C0211869400644
Figure C0211869400644

UV-A:UV-1/UV-2/UV-3/UV-4=4/2/2/3的混合物(质量比)UV-A: UV-1/UV-2/UV-3/UV-4=4/2/2/3 mixture (mass ratio)

UV-B:UV-1/UV-2/UV-3/UV-4/UV-5/UV-6=9/3/3/4/5/3的混合物(质量比)UV-B: UV-1/UV-2/UV-3/UV-4/UV-5/UV-6=9/3/3/4/5/3 mixture (mass ratio)

UV-C:UV-2/UV-3/UV-6/UV-7=1/1/1/2的混合物(质量比)UV-C: UV-2/UV-3/UV-6/UV-7=1/1/1/2 mixture (mass ratio)

【化21】【Chemical 21】

(Solv-1)                                                    (Solv-2)(Solv-1) (Solv-2)

Figure C0211869400651
Figure C0211869400651

(Solv-3)                                                    (Solv-4)(Solv-3) (Solv-4)

Figure C0211869400652
                        O=P(OC6H13(n))3
Figure C0211869400652
O=P(OC 6 H 13 (n)) 3

(Solv-5)                                                          (Solv-7)(Solv-5) (Solv-7)

Figure C0211869400653
Figure C0211869400653

(Solv-8)(Solv-8)

【化22】【Chemical 22】

(S1-4)(S1-4)

Figure C0211869400655
Figure C0211869400655

将以上得到的试料作为试料B-1。用乳剂B-2到B-8替换兰色感性乳剂层中的乳剂B-1,和试料B-1一样制作,分别得到试料B-2到B-8。The sample obtained above was designated as sample B-1. Emulsions B-2 to B-8 were used to replace Emulsion B-1 in the blue-sensitive emulsion layer, and prepared in the same way as Sample B-1 to obtain Samples B-2 to B-8, respectively.

为了研究这些试料的照相特性进行以下实验。In order to study the photographic characteristics of these samples, the following experiments were carried out.

对各涂布试料,用高照度曝光用感光计(山下电装(株)制HIE型)。赋予感光测定用的灰度曝光。安装富士照相胶片(株)制SP-1滤色片进行10-8秒高照度曝光。For each coating sample, a sensitometer for high-illuminance exposure (Model HIE manufactured by Yamashita Denso Co., Ltd.) was used. Gives grayscale exposure for sensitometric measurements. Mount the Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. SP-1 color filter for 10 -8 second high-illumination exposure.

曝光后进行以下所示发色显像处理A。After the exposure, color development treatment A shown below was performed.

以下示出处理工序。The processing steps are shown below.

[处理A][Process A]

将上述感光材料的试料加工成127mm宽的卷状,使用富士照相胶片(株)制小型暗室印相处理机PP1258AR进行图像曝光后,用以下述处理工序进行连续处理(流动试验),直到补充2倍的彩色显像槽容量为止。将用该流动液处理作为处理A。The sample of the above-mentioned photosensitive material was processed into a 127 mm wide roll, and after image exposure was performed using a small darkroom printing processor PP1258AR manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., it was continuously processed (flow test) in the following processing steps until replenishment 2 times the capacity of the color imaging tank. The treatment with this flow solution was referred to as treatment A.

处理工序     温度               时间              补充量*Processing Procedure Temperature Time Time Supplementary Amount*

彩色显像     38.5℃             45秒              45mlColor imaging 38.5℃ 45 seconds 45ml

漂白定影     38.0℃             45秒              35mlBleaching and fixing 38.0℃ 45 seconds 35ml

冲洗(1)      38.0℃             20秒              -Rinse (1) 38.0°C 20 seconds -

冲洗(2)      38.0℃             20秒              -Rinse (2) 38.0°C 20 seconds -

冲洗(3)      **38.0℃           20秒              -Rinse(3) **38.0℃ for 20 seconds -

冲洗(4)      **38.0℃           30秒              121mlRinse (4) **38.0℃ 30 seconds 121ml

*每1m2感光材料的补充量* Supplementary amount of photosensitive material per 1m2

**将富士照相胶片社制的冲洗净化系统RC50D安装在冲洗(3)中,由冲洗(3)取出的冲洗液,由泵送入反浸透膜存贮器(RC50D)中。由同一槽得到的透过水送入冲洗(4)、浓缩水返回冲洗(3)。向反浸透存贮器的透过水量,利用调整泵压保持在50~300ml/分钟,进行1天10小时调温循环。**The washing and purification system RC50D manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. is installed in the washing (3), and the washing liquid taken out from the washing (3) is pumped into the reverse osmosis membrane storage (RC50D). The permeated water obtained from the same tank is sent to flushing (4), and the concentrated water is returned to flushing (3). The amount of permeated water to the reverse osmosis storage is maintained at 50-300ml/min by adjusting the pump pressure, and the temperature adjustment cycle is carried out for 10 hours a day.

(冲洗采用从(1)到(4)槽向流动方式)(Flush from (1) to (4) groove flow mode)

各处理液的组成如下。The composition of each treatment liquid is as follows.

[彩色显像液]                [槽液]        [补充液][Color developing solution] [Bath solution] [Replenishment solution]

水                          800ml         800mlWater 800ml 800ml

二甲基聚硅氧烷系表面活性剂  0.1g          0.1gDimethicone-based surfactant 0.1g 0.1g

(シリコ一ンKF351A/信越化学工业社制)(Silicon KF351A/Manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)

三(异丙醇)胺                       8.8g            8.8gTri(isopropanol)amine 8.8g 8.8g

乙烯二胺四醋酸                     4.0g            4.0gEthylenediaminetetraacetic acid 4.0g 4.0g

聚乙烯乙二醇(分子量300)            10.0g           10.0gPolyethylene glycol (molecular weight 300) 10.0g 10.0g

4.5-二羟基苯-1,3-二磺酸钠         0.5g            0.5gSodium 4.5-dihydroxybenzene-1,3-disulfonate 0.5g 0.5g

氯化钾                             10.0g           -Potassium chloride 10.0g -

溴化钾                             0.040g          0.010gPotassium bromide 0.040g 0.010g

三嗪氨基芪系荧光                   2.5g            5.0gTriazine aminostilbene fluorescent 2.5g 5.0g

增白剂(ハツコ一ルFWA-SF/昭和化学社制)Whitening agent (Hatsukoll FWA-SF/manufactured by Showa Chemical Co., Ltd.)

亚硫酸钠                           0.1g            0.1gSodium sulfite 0.1g 0.1g

二钠-N,N-二(磺酸盐乙基)羟基胺     8.5g            11.1gDisodium-N,N-bis(sulfonate ethyl)hydroxylamine 8.5g 11.1g

N-乙基-N-(β-甲烷磺酰胺乙基)-3-甲基-4-N-ethyl-N-(β-methanesulfonamide ethyl)-3-methyl-4-

氨基-4-氨基苯胺·3/2硫酸·1水盐Amino-4-aminoaniline 3/2 sulfuric acid 1 hydrate

                                   5.0g            15.7g                                                                  ,

碳酸钾                             26.3g           26.3gPotassium Carbonate 26.3g 26.3g

加水                               1000ml          1000mlAdd water 1000ml 1000ml

pH(25℃/以氢氧化钾和硫酸调整)      10.15           12.50pH (25℃/adjusted with potassium hydroxide and sulfuric acid) 10.15 12.50

[漂白定影液]                       [槽液]          [补充液][Bleach Fixer] [Bath Solution] [Replenisher]

水                                 700ml           600mlWater 700ml 600ml

乙烯二胺四醋酸铁(III)铵            47.0g           94.0gIron(III) ammonium ethylenediaminetetraacetate 47.0g 94.0g

乙烯二胺四醋酸                     1.4g            2.8gEthylenediaminetetraacetic acid 1.4g 2.8g

m-羧基苯亚磺酸                     8.3g            16.5gm-carboxybenzenesulfinic acid 8.3g 16.5g

硝酸(67%)                         16.5g           33.0gNitric acid (67%) 16.5g 33.0g

咪唑                               14.6g           29.2gImidazole 14.6g 29.2g

硫代硫酸铵(750g/L)                 107.0ml         214.0mlAmmonium thiosulfate (750g/L) 107.0ml 214.0ml

亚硫酸铵                           16.0g           32.0gAmmonium sulfite 16.0g 32.0g

重亚硫酸铵                         23.1g           46.2gAmmonium bisulfite 23.1g 46.2g

加水                               1000ml          1000mlAdd water 1000ml 1000ml

pH(25℃/醋酸和用氨调整)            6.0             6.0pH (25°C/adjusted with acetic acid and ammonia) 6.0 6.0

[冲洗液]                           [槽液]          [补充液][Rinse solution] [Bath solution] [Replenishment solution]

氯化异三聚氰酸钠              0.02g       0.02gSodium isocyanurate chloride 0.02g 0.02g

脱离子水(导电度5μs/cm以下)   1000ml      1000mlDeionized water (conductivity below 5μs/cm) 1000ml 1000ml

pH                            6.5         6.5pH 6.5 6.5

测定处理后的各试料黄色发色浓度,得到10-6秒高照度曝光的特性曲线。感度规定具有赋予比最低发色浓度高0.7发色浓度的曝光量的反数,将试料B-1的感度取为100时,以相对值表示。将浓度0.5和浓度2.0的点连接直线,由其倾斜度求出灰度。结果示于表2。The yellow color density of each sample after treatment was measured to obtain a characteristic curve of 10 −6 second high-illuminance exposure. The sensitivity specification has the inverse number of the exposure amount that gives a color density higher than the minimum color density of 0.7, and when the sensitivity of the sample B-1 is taken as 100, it is expressed as a relative value. The points of density 0.5 and density 2.0 are connected with a straight line, and the gradation is obtained from the inclination thereof. The results are shown in Table 2.

[表2]   试料   Br层   I层   感度   灰度   备注   位置   含有量   位置   含有量   B-1   无   -   无   -   100   1.8   比较例   B-2   无   -   90%   0.2摩尔%   230   1.6   比较例   B-3   80%~90%   2摩尔%   无   -   130   2.0   比较例   B-4   90%~100%   2摩尔%   无   -   140   1.9   比较例   B-5   80%~100%   4摩尔%   无   -   140   2.0   比较例   B-6   80%~90%   2摩尔%   90%   0.2摩尔%   280   2.8   本发明   B-7   90%~100%   2摩尔%   90%   0.2摩尔%   260   2.4   本发明   B-8   80%~100%   4摩尔%   90%   0.2摩尔%   260   2.6   本发明 [Table 2] sample Br layer I layer Sensitivity grayscale Remark Location content Location content B-1 none - none - 100 1.8 comparative example B-2 none - 90% 0.2 mol% 230 1.6 comparative example B-3 80%~90% 2 mol% none - 130 2.0 comparative example B-4 90%~100% 2 mol% none - 140 1.9 comparative example B-5 80%~100% 4 mol% none - 140 2.0 comparative example B-6 80%~90% 2 mol% 90% 0.2 mol% 280 2.8 this invention B-7 90%~100% 2 mol% 90% 0.2 mol% 260 2.4 this invention B-8 80%~100% 4 mol% 90% 0.2 mol% 260 2.6 this invention

由表2的结果可知,在兰色感光性乳剂层中含有本发明的含溴化银相和含碘化银相分别形成层状的碘溴氯化银乳剂的试料B-6、B-7和B-8,确认兰色感光性是显著的高感度,为硬调。As can be seen from the results in Table 2, the samples B-6, B-7 and B-7 containing the silver iodobromochloride emulsions of the layered silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase of the present invention respectively formed in the blue photosensitive emulsion layer B-8, confirm that the sensitivity to blue is remarkably high, and it is a hard tone.

实施例2Example 2

(乳剂G-1的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion G-1)

将1000ml的石灰处理明胶3%水溶液调整到pH3.3、pCl 1.7,边强烈搅拌边在56℃下同时添加混合含2.12摩尔硝酸银水溶液和含2.2摩尔氯化钠的水溶液。在硝酸银的添加达到80%~90%时刻,添加K4[Ru(CN)6]水溶液,对于1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Ru量达到5×10-5摩尔的量。在硝酸银的添加达到83%~88%时刻,添加K2[IrCl6]水溶液,对于1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Ir量达到5×10-8摩尔的量。硝酸银添加达到92%~98%时刻,添加K2[Ir(5-甲基噻唑)Cl5]水溶液,对于1摩尔卤化银,使制作出Ir量达到1×10-6摩尔的量。在40℃实施脱盐处理后,加入168g石灰处理明胶,调整pH5.7、pCl1.8。得到的粒子是边长为0.4μm、变动系数为11%的立方体氯化银乳剂。1000ml of lime-treated gelatin 3% aqueous solution was adjusted to pH 3.3, pCl 1.7, while vigorously stirring at 56° C., simultaneously adding and mixing aqueous solution containing 2.12 moles of silver nitrate and aqueous solution containing 2.2 moles of sodium chloride. When the addition of silver nitrate reached 80% to 90%, an aqueous solution of K 4 [Ru(CN) 6 ] was added to produce an amount of Ru of 5×10 -5 moles per mole of silver halide. When the addition of silver nitrate reached 83% to 88%, an aqueous solution of K 2 [IrCl 6 ] was added to produce an amount of Ir of 5×10 -8 moles per mole of silver halide. When the addition of silver nitrate reached 92% to 98%, an aqueous solution of K 2 [Ir(5-methylthiazole)Cl 5 ] was added to produce an amount of Ir of 1×10 -6 mol for 1 mol of silver halide. After the desalination treatment was carried out at 40°C, 168g of lime-treated gelatin was added to adjust pH to 5.7 and pCl to 1.8. The obtained particles were cubic silver chloride emulsions with a side length of 0.4 µm and a coefficient of variation of 11%.

将该乳剂在40℃溶解,对于每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-5摩尔的硫代亚磺酸钠,作为硫增感剂使用硫代硫酸钠5水合物,作为金增感剂使用(S-2),在60℃熟成到最适宜。降到40℃后,对于每1摩尔卤化银添加5×10-4摩尔的增感色素D、对于每1摩尔卤化银添加2×10-4摩尔的1-苯基-5-巯基四唑、对于每1摩尔卤化银添加4×10-4摩尔的1-(5-甲脲苯基)-5-巯基四唑,对于每1摩尔卤化银添加7×10-3摩尔的溴化钾。这样得到的乳剂作为乳剂G-1。This emulsion was dissolved at 40° C., 2×10 −5 moles of sodium thiosulfinate were added per mole of silver halide, sodium thiosulfate 5 hydrate was used as a sulfur sensitizer, and sodium thiosulfate 5 hydrate was used as a gold sensitizer ( S-2), aged at 60°C to the optimum. After cooling down to 40°C, add 5× 10-4 moles of sensitizing dye D per 1 mole of silver halide, add 2× 10-4 moles of 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole per 1 mole of silver halide, 4×10 −4 moles of 1-(5-methylureaphenyl)-5-mercaptotetrazole were added per 1 mole of silver halide, and 7×10 −3 moles of potassium bromide were added per 1 mole of silver halide. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion G-1.

(乳剂G-2的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion G-2)

在硝酸银的添加达到90%终结时刻,边强烈混合边添加碘化钾水溶液,对于每1摩尔卤化银使制作出I量达到0.3摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂G-1不同的乳剂。所得粒子是边长为0.4μm、变动系数为11%的立方体碘氯化银乳剂,将这样得到的乳剂作为乳剂G-2。When the addition of silver nitrate reached 90%, an aqueous solution of potassium iodide was added while vigorously mixing to produce an amount of I of 0.3 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide to prepare an emulsion different from Emulsion G-1. The obtained particles were a cubic silver iodochloride emulsion with a side length of 0.4 μm and a coefficient of variation of 11%, and the emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion G-2.

(乳剂G-3的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion G-3)

硝酸银的添加达到80%~100%时刻,边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银使制作出Br量达到4摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂G-1不同的乳剂,所得粒子是边长为0.4μm、变动系数为11%的立方体溴氯化银乳剂,将这样得到的乳剂作为乳剂G-3。When the addition of silver nitrate reached 80% to 100%, potassium bromide was added while vigorously mixing, and the amount of Br produced per 1 mol of silver halide was 4 mol%, and an emulsion different from emulsion G-1 was prepared. The obtained particles were a cubic silver bromide chloride emulsion with a side length of 0.4 μm and a coefficient of variation of 11%, and the thus obtained emulsion was designated as emulsion G-3.

(乳剂G-4的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion G-4)

硝酸银的添加达到80%~100%时刻,边强烈混合边添加溴化钾,对于每1摩尔卤化银使制作出Br量达4摩尔%的量,进而,在硝酸银添加到90%终结时刻,边强烈混合边添加碘化钾水溶液,对于每1摩尔卤化银使制作出I量达到0.3摩尔%的量,调制成与乳剂G-1不同的乳剂。所得粒子是边长为0.4μm、变动系数为11%的立方体碘溴氯化银乳剂,将这样得到的乳剂作为乳剂G-4。When the addition of silver nitrate reaches 80% to 100%, potassium bromide is added while vigorously mixing, so that the amount of Br produced per 1 mole of silver halide reaches an amount of 4 mol%, and then when the addition of silver nitrate reaches 90% , A potassium iodide aqueous solution was added while vigorously mixing, and the amount of I was made to be 0.3 mol% per 1 mol of silver halide, and an emulsion different from Emulsion G-1 was prepared. The obtained particles were a cubic silver iodobromochloride emulsion with a side length of 0.4 μm and a coefficient of variation of 11%. The emulsion thus obtained was designated as emulsion G-4.

利用浸蚀/TOF-SIMS法测定向乳剂G-4粒子深度方向的溴化物和碘化物离子浓度分布,结果示于图1。即使在粒子内侧添加碘化物盐溶液已终结,碘化物离子向粒子表面渗出,在最表面上浓度极大,向内侧浓度衰减。另一方面,在粒子内部溴化物离子浓度极大。由此认为含溴化银相与含碘化银相相比,在粒子的内侧分别形成层状。The concentration distribution of bromide and iodide ions in the depth direction of emulsion G-4 particles was measured by etching/TOF-SIMS method, and the results are shown in Fig. 1 . Even if the addition of iodide salt solution inside the particle is completed, iodide ions seep out to the surface of the particle, the concentration is extremely high on the outermost surface, and the concentration decreases toward the inside. On the other hand, the bromide ion concentration is extremely large inside the particles. From this, it is considered that the silver bromide-containing phases are layered inside the particles, respectively, compared with the silver iodide-containing phases.

按下述变动层构成,制作比实施例1的试料更薄层化的试料。A sample with a thinner layer than that of the sample of Example 1 was produced in the following variable layer configuration.

试料的制作Production of samples

第一层(兰色感性乳剂层)The first layer (blue sensitive emulsion layer)

乳剂B-1                         0.24Emulsion B-1 0.24

明胶                            1.25Gelatin 1.25

黄色成色剂(ExY)                 0.57Yellow coupler (ExY) 0.57

像色稳定剂(Cpd-1)               0.07Image stabilizer (Cpd-1) 0.07

像色稳定剂(Cpd-2)               0.04Image Stabilizer (Cpd-2) 0.04

像色稳定剂(Cpd-3)               0.07Image Stabilizer (Cpd-3) 0.07

像色稳定剂(Cpd-8)               0.02Image stabilizer (Cpd-8) 0.02

溶剂(Solv-1)                    0.21Solvent (Solv-1) 0.21

第二层(防混色层)The second layer (anti-mixing color layer)

明胶                            0.60Gelatin 0.60

防混色剂(Cpd-19)                0.09Anti-mixing agent (Cpd-19) 0.09

像色稳定剂(Cpd-5)               0.007Image stabilizer (Cpd-5) 0.007

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)               0.007Image stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.007

紫外线吸收剂(UV-C)              0.05Ultraviolet absorber (UV-C) 0.05

溶剂(Solv-5)                    0.11Solvent (Solv-5) 0.11

第三层(绿色感性乳剂层)The third layer (green sensual emulsion layer)

乳剂G-1                         0.14Emulsion G-1 0.14

明胶                            0.73Gelatin 0.73

深红色成色剂(ExM)               0.15Crimson coupler (ExM) 0.15

紫外线吸收剂(UV-A)              0.05Ultraviolet absorber (UV-A) 0.05

像色稳定剂(Cpd-2)               0.02Image stabilizer (Cpd-2) 0.02

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)               0.008Image stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.008

像色稳定剂(Cpd-8)               0.07Image Stabilizer (Cpd-8) 0.07

像色稳定剂(Cpd-9)               0.03Image stabilizer (Cpd-9) 0.03

像色稳定剂(Cpd-10)              0.009Image Stabilizer (Cpd-10) 0.009

像色稳定剂(Cpd-11)              0.0001Image stabilizer (Cpd-11) 0.0001

溶剂(Solv-3)                    0.06Solvent (Solv-3) 0.06

溶剂(Solv-4)                    0.11Solvent (Solv-4) 0.11

溶剂(Solv-5)                             0.06Solvent (Solv-5) 0.06

第四层(防混色层)The fourth layer (anti-mixing color layer)

明胶                                     0.48Gelatin 0.48

防混色层(Cpd-4)                          0.07Anti-aliasing layer (Cpd-4) 0.07

像色稳定剂(Cpd-5)                        0.006Image stabilizer (Cpd-5) 0.006

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)                        0.006Image Stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.006

紫外线吸收剂(UV-C)                       0.04Ultraviolet absorber (UV-C) 0.04

溶剂(Solv-5)                             0.09Solvent (Solv-5) 0.09

第五层(红色感性乳剂层)The fifth layer (red sensual emulsion layer)

溴氯化银乳剂CC(与试料B-1相同乳剂)        0.12Silver bromide chloride emulsion CC (same emulsion as sample B-1) 0.12

明胶                                     0.59Gelatin 0.59

氰成色剂(ExC-2)                          0.13Cyanogen coupler (ExC-2) 0.13

氰成色剂(ExC-3)                          0.03Cyanogen coupler (ExC-3) 0.03

像色稳定剂(Cpd-7)                        0.01Image stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.01

像色稳定剂(Cpd-9)                        0.04Image Stabilizer (Cpd-9) 0.04

像色稳定剂(Cpd-15)                       0.19Image stabilizer (Cpd-15) 0.19

像色稳定剂(Cpd-18)                       0.04Image Stabilizer (Cpd-18) 0.04

紫外线吸收剂(UV-7)                       0.02Ultraviolet absorber (UV-7) 0.02

溶剂(Solv-5)                             0.09Solvent (Solv-5) 0.09

第六层(紫外线吸收层)The sixth layer (ultraviolet absorbing layer)

明胶                                     0.32Gelatin 0.32

紫外线吸收剂(UV-C)                       0.42Ultraviolet absorber (UV-C) 0.42

溶剂(Solv-7)                             0.08Solvent (Solv-7) 0.08

第七层(保护层)The seventh layer (protective layer)

明胶                                     0.70Gelatin 0.70

聚乙烯醇的丙烯酸变性共聚物(变性度17%)   0.04Acrylic denatured copolymer of polyvinyl alcohol (17% degree of denaturation) 0.04

流动石蜡                                 0.01Mobile paraffin 0.01

表面活性剂(Cpd-13)                       0.01Surfactant (Cpd-13) 0.01

聚二甲基硅氧烷                           0.01Polydimethylsiloxane 0.01

二氧化硅                                 0.003Silica 0.003

作为绿色感性乳剂层的乳剂将使用上述乳剂G-1的试料作为试料G-1。试料G-1也同用乳剂G-2~G-4替代绿色感性乳剂层的乳剂G-1的试料一样制作试料,分别为试料G-2~G-4。As the emulsion of the green sensitive emulsion layer, the sample of the above-mentioned emulsion G-1 was used as the sample G-1. Sample G-1 was also prepared in the same manner as the sample of Emulsion G-1 in which the green sensitive emulsion layer was replaced by Emulsions G-2 to G-4, and they were samples G-2 to G-4, respectively.

为了研究这些试料的照相特性,进行如下实验。In order to investigate the photographic properties of these samples, the following experiments were carried out.

使用高照度曝光用感光计(山下电装(株)制HIE型)对各涂布试料,赋予感光测定用的灰度曝光,安装富士照相胶片(株)制SP-2滤色片,进行10-6秒高照度曝光。Using a sensitometer for high-illuminance exposure (HIE type manufactured by Yamashita Denso Co., Ltd.), each coating sample was given a gradation exposure for sensitometric measurement, and an SP-2 color filter manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. was attached to carry out 10 -6 seconds high light exposure.

对曝光的各试料的发光显像处理,按照以下所示的显像处理B,进行超迅速处理。For the luminescence development treatment of each exposed sample, an ultra-rapid treatment was performed according to the development treatment B shown below.

[处理B][Process B]

将上述感光材料的试料加工成127mm宽的卷状,使用将富士照相胶片(株)制小型暗室印相处理机PP350进行改造的实验处理装置,变动处理时间,处理温度,对感光材料试料由平均浓度的阴性胶片进行图像曝光,按下述处理工序进行连续处理(流动试验),直到所用发色显像补充液的容量达到发色显像槽容量的0.5倍为止。The above-mentioned photosensitive material samples were processed into rolls with a width of 127 mm, and an experimental processing device modified from a small darkroom printing processor PP350 manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. was used to change the processing time and processing temperature. Image exposure is carried out from the negative film of average density, and the continuous processing (flow test) is carried out according to the following processing procedures until the volume of the chromogenic and developing supplementary liquid used reaches 0.5 times the capacity of the chromogenic and developing tank.

处理工序   温度            时间           补充量*Processing Procedure Temperature Time Time Supplementary Amount*

发色显像   45.0℃          15秒           45mlHair color development 45.0℃ 15 seconds 45ml

漂白定影   40.0℃          15秒           35mlBleaching and fixing 40.0°C 15 seconds 35ml

冲洗1      40.0℃          8秒            -Rinse 1 40.0°C 8 seconds -

冲洗2      40.0℃          8秒            -Rinse 2 40.0°C 8 seconds -

冲洗3      **40.0℃        8秒            -Rinse 3 **40.0℃ for 8 seconds -

冲洗4      38.0℃          8秒            121mlRinse 4 38.0°C 8 seconds 121ml

干燥       80.0℃          15秒Drying at 80.0°C for 15 seconds

(注)*每1m2感光材料的补充量(Note) *Replenishment amount of photosensitive material per 1m2

**在冲洗(3)中安装富士照相胶片(株)制冲洗净化系统RC50D,从冲洗(3)取出的冲洗液,由泵送到反浸透存贮器(RC50D)内,由该槽送出的透过水供给冲洗,浓缩液返回冲洗(3)中。利用调整泵压,将反浸透存贮器的透过水量保持在50~300ml/分钟,进行1天10小时调温循环。冲洗采用从(1)到(4)的4槽流向方式。** Install Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. washing and purification system RC50D in the washing (3), the washing liquid taken out from the washing (3) is pumped into the reverse osmosis storage (RC50D), and the washing liquid sent out from the tank Permeate water is supplied to the rinse and the concentrate is returned to the rinse (3). By adjusting the pump pressure, the permeate water volume of the reverse osmosis storage is kept at 50-300ml/min, and the temperature adjustment cycle is carried out for 10 hours a day. Flushing adopts 4-slot flow from (1) to (4).

各处理液的组成如下。The composition of each treatment liquid is as follows.

[发色显像液]                    [槽液]       [补充液][Chroma developing solution] [Bath solution] [Replenishment solution]

水                              800ml        600mlWater 800ml 600ml

荧光增白剂(FL-1)                5.0g         8.5gFluorescent whitening agent (FL-1) 5.0g 8.5g

三异丙醇胺                      8.8g         8.8gTriisopropanolamine 8.8g 8.8g

P-甲苯磺酸钠                    20.0g        20.0gSodium P-toluenesulfonate 20.0g 20.0g

乙烯二胺4醋酸                   4.0g         4.0gEthylenediamine 4-acetic acid 4.0g 4.0g

亚硫酸钠                        0.10g        0.50gSodium sulfite 0.10g 0.50g

氯化钾                          10.0g        -Potassium chloride 10.0g -

4,5-二羟苯-1,3-二磺酸钠       0.50g        0.50gSodium 4,5-dihydroxybenzene-1,3-disulfonate 0.50g 0.50g

二钠一N,N-二(磺酸盐乙基)羟基胺 8.5g         14.5gDisodium-N,N-bis(sulfonate ethyl)hydroxylamine 8.5g 14.5g

4-氨基-3-甲基-N-乙基-N-(β-甲烷磺酰胺乙基)4-Amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-(β-methanesulfonamide ethyl)

苯胺·3/2硫酸盐·1水合物Aniline · 3/2 Sulfate · Monohydrate

                                10.0g        22.0g|

碳酸钾                          26.3g        26.3gPotassium Carbonate 26.3g 26.3g

加水总量                        1000ml       1000mlTotal amount of water added 1000ml 1000ml

pH(25℃,用硫酸和KOH调整)       10.35        12.6pH (25°C, adjusted with sulfuric acid and KOH) 10.35 12.6

[漂白定影液]                    [槽液]       [补充液][Bleach and Fixer] [Bath Solution] [Replenishment Solution]

水                              800ml        800mlWater 800ml 800ml

硫代硫酸铵(750g/ml)             107ml        214mlAmmonium Thiosulfate (750g/ml) 107ml 214ml

琥珀酸                          29.5g        59.0gSuccinic acid 29.5g 59.0g

乙烯二胺4醋酸铁(III)铵          47.0g        94.0gEthylenediamine 4-acetate iron (III) ammonium 47.0g 94.0g

乙烯二胺4醋酸                   1.4g         2.8gEthylenediamine 4-acetic acid 1.4g 2.8g

硝酸(67%)                      17.5g        35.0gNitric acid (67%) 17.5g 35.0g

咪唑                            14.6g        29.2gImidazole 14.6g 29.2g

亚硫酸铵                        16.0g        32.0gAmmonium sulfite 16.0g 32.0g

偏重亚硫酸铵                    23.1g        46.2gAmmonium metabisulfite 23.1g 46.2g

加水总量                        1000ml       1000mlTotal amount of water added 1000ml 1000ml

pH(25℃,用硝酸和氨水调整)      6.00         6.00pH (25°C, adjusted with nitric acid and ammonia water) 6.00 6.00

[冲洗液]                        [槽液]       [补充液][Rinse Solution] [Bath Solution] [Replenishment Solution]

氯化异三聚氰酸钠                0.02g        0.02gSodium isocyanuric chloride 0.02g 0.02g

脱离子水(导电度5μs/cm以下)    1000ml         1000mlDeionized water (conductivity below 5μs/cm) 1000ml 1000ml

pH(25℃)                       6.5            6.5pH(25℃) 6.5 6.5

Figure C0211869400741
Figure C0211869400741

测定外理后各试料的深红色发色浓度,得到10-6秒高照度曝光特性曲线。感度规定具有赋予比最低发色浓度高0.7发色浓度的曝光量的反数,将试料G-1的感度取为100时,以相对值表示。将浓度0.5和浓度2.0的点连接直线,从其倾斜度求出灰度。The dark red color density of each sample after external treatment was measured to obtain a 10 -6 second high-illuminance exposure characteristic curve. The sensitivity specification has the inverse number of the exposure amount that gives a color density higher than the minimum color density by 0.7, and when the sensitivity of sample G-1 is taken as 100, it is expressed as a relative value. A straight line is connected between the points of density 0.5 and density 2.0, and the gradation is obtained from the inclination thereof.

为了研究潜像保存性,求出曝光后10秒开始处理时,和曝光后10分钟开始处理时的特性曲线,研究在10秒后开始处理时赋予浓度1.0的曝光量下的浓度变化。进而为研究曝光对温湿度的依赖性,求出在10℃、55%的环境下,曝光10秒后开始处理时,和30℃、30%的环境下曝光,10秒后开始处理时的特性曲线,研究在10℃、55%的环境下曝光10秒后开始处理时,在赋予浓度1.0的曝光量下的浓度变化。这些结果示于表3。   试料  Br层   I层   感度   灰度   潜像保存性   曝光对温湿度依赖性   备注  位置  含有量   位置   含有量   G-1  无  -   无   -   100   1.9   0.20   0.15   比较例   G-2  无  -   90%   0.3摩尔%   180   1.6   0.21   0.12   比较例   G-3  80%~100%  4摩尔%   无   -   140   2.0   0.09   0.13   比较例   G-4  80%~100%  4摩尔%   90%   0.3摩尔%   210   2.6   0.03   0.05   本发明 In order to study latent image retention, characteristic curves were obtained when processing was started 10 seconds after exposure and when processing was started 10 minutes after exposure, and changes in density at an exposure level of 1.0 were studied when processing was started after 10 seconds. Furthermore, in order to study the dependence of exposure on temperature and humidity, the characteristics were obtained when the treatment was started after 10 seconds of exposure under the environment of 10°C and 55%, and when the treatment was started after 10 seconds of exposure under the environment of 30°C and 30%. In the graph, the concentration change at the exposure amount of 1.0 was studied when the treatment was started after 10 seconds of exposure at 10° C. and 55% environment. These results are shown in Table 3. sample Br layer I layer Sensitivity grayscale latent image preservation Exposure to temperature and humidity dependence Remark Location content Location content G-1 none - none - 100 1.9 0.20 0.15 comparative example G-2 none - 90% 0.3 mol% 180 1.6 0.21 0.12 comparative example G-3 80%~100% 4 mol% none - 140 2.0 0.09 0.13 comparative example G-4 80%~100% 4 mol% 90% 0.3 mol% 210 2.6 0.03 0.05 this invention

如从表3结果所明确的那样,在绿色感光性乳剂层中含有分别由本发明的含溴化银相和含碘化银相形成层状碘溴氯化银乳剂的试料G-4,绿色感光性是显著高感度,为硬调,确认潜像保存性和曝光对温湿度依赖性都很优良。As is clear from the results in Table 3, sample G-4 containing a layered silver iodobromochloride emulsion formed of the silver bromide-containing phase and the silver iodide-containing phase of the present invention in the green photosensitive emulsion layer, the green photosensitivity It is remarkably high-sensitivity, hard-tuned, and it is confirmed that the latent image preservation and the dependence of exposure on temperature and humidity are excellent.

进而,在试料G-4中,只将第一层的乳剂B-1变成乳剂B-8,制作不同的试料G-4’,进行上述评价,获得与试料G-4大致相同的结果。Furthermore, in sample G-4, only the emulsion B-1 of the first layer was changed to emulsion B-8, and a different sample G-4' was produced, and the above-mentioned evaluation was carried out, and the result was substantially the same as that of sample G-4. the result of.

实施例3Example 3

使用实施例2的试料,利用激光扫描曝光进行成像。Using the sample of Example 2, imaging was performed by laser scanning exposure.

作为激光光源,通过具有反转畴光构造的LiNbO3的SHG结晶使以半导体激光GaAlAs(振荡波长808.5nm)作激励光源的YAG固体激光(振荡波长946μm),进行波长转换取出的473nm、和通过具有反转畴光构造的LiNbO3的SHG结晶使以半导体激光GaAlAs(振荡波长808.7nm)作激励光源的YVO4固体激光(振荡波长1064nm)进行波长转换取出532nm、和使用AlGaInP(振荡波长约680nm:松下电产制型No.LN9R20)。利用多角棱镜使3种颜色的各个激光的光相对于扫描方向作垂直方向移动,在试料上依次进行扫描曝光。半导体激光受温度引起的光量变动,可利用佩尔蒂元件抑制,将温度保持恒定。实际有效的光束径为80μm,扫描间距为42.3μm(600dpi),每1个画素的平均曝光时间为1.7×10-7秒。As a laser light source, YAG solid-state laser (oscillation wavelength 946 μm) using semiconductor laser GaAlAs (oscillation wavelength 808.5nm) as the excitation light source through the SHG crystal of LiNbO 3 with an inverted domain light structure, the wavelength conversion of 473nm and through The SHG crystal of LiNbO 3 with an inverted domain optical structure converts the wavelength of YVO 4 solid-state laser (oscillation wavelength 1064nm) using semiconductor laser GaAlAs (oscillation wavelength 808.7nm) as excitation light source to take out 532nm, and uses AlGaInP (oscillation wavelength about 680nm) : Panasonic Manufacturing Model No.LN9R20). The laser light of each of the three colors is moved vertically with respect to the scanning direction by a polygonal prism, and the scanning exposure is sequentially performed on the sample. Fluctuations in the light intensity of semiconductor lasers due to temperature can be suppressed by a Peltier element to keep the temperature constant. The actual effective beam diameter is 80 μm, the scanning pitch is 42.3 μm (600 dpi), and the average exposure time per pixel is 1.7×10 -7 seconds.

曝光后,利用发色显像处理B进行处理时与实施例2中高照度曝光的结果一样,本发明的试料G-4,绿感层显示出很高的感度和灰度。本发明的试料G-4’表示兰感层和绿感层很高的感度和灰度,可知适用于任何一种激光扫描曝光成像。After exposure, the result of the high-illuminance exposure in Example 2 was the same as that of the high-illuminance exposure in Example 2. The green-sensing layer of the sample G-4 of the present invention showed very high sensitivity and gray scale. The sample G-4' of the present invention shows the high sensitivity and gray scale of the blue-sensing layer and the green-sensing layer, and it can be known that it is applicable to any kind of laser scanning exposure imaging.

实施例4Example 4

(乳剂A的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion A)

向石灰处理明胶的3%水溶液中加入3.3g氯化钠,添加42.8ml 1N的硫酸和25ml 1,8-二羟基-3,6-二硫代辛烷(1%水溶液)。向该水溶液中,边强烈搅拌边在68℃添加混合含2.12摩尔硝酸银的水溶液和含2.18摩尔氯化钠的水溶液。随后,在40℃沉降、水洗,实施除盐。加入168.0g石灰处理明胶,将乳剂的pH和pAg分别调整为7.3和5.6。利用电子显微镜照相,可知粒子的形状为立方体,平均粒子尺寸为0.76μm,变动系数为10%。To a 3% aqueous solution of limed gelatin was added 3.3 g of sodium chloride, 42.8 ml of 1N sulfuric acid and 25 ml of 1,8-dihydroxy-3,6-dithiooctane (1% aqueous solution). To this aqueous solution, an aqueous solution containing 2.12 moles of silver nitrate and an aqueous solution containing 2.18 moles of sodium chloride were added and mixed at 68° C. with vigorous stirring. Subsequently, sedimentation at 40° C., washing with water, and desalination were carried out. 168.0 g of lime-treated gelatin was added to adjust the pH and pAg of the emulsion to 7.3 and 5.6, respectively. Using electron microscope photography, it can be seen that the shape of the particles is cubic, the average particle size is 0.76 μm, and the coefficient of variation is 10%.

向该乳剂中添加金增感剂(胶体状硫化金)6×10-5摩尔/摩尔Ag、实施例1记载的兰色感性分光增感色素3.1×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag,60℃进行适宜的化学增感和分光增感,再添加1-(5-甲基脲苯基)-5-巯基四唑4.4×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag,调制成乳剂A。Add gold sensitizer (colloidal gold sulfide) 6×10 -5 mole/mole Ag to this emulsion, the blue sensitive spectroscopic sensitization pigment described in Example 1 3.1×10 -4 mole/mole Ag, carry out at 60 ℃ Appropriate chemical sensitization and spectroscopic sensitization, and then adding 1-(5-methylureaphenyl)-5-mercaptotetrazole 4.4×10 -4 mol/mol Ag to prepare emulsion A.

(乳剂B的调制)(modulation of emulsion B)

乳剂粒子形成中,在添加总银量的80~81%阶段中,相对于总银量添加含有0.4摩尔%碘化物离子的碘化银微粒子乳剂,除此之外,按照乳剂A的调制方法。使用的碘化银微粒子乳剂的调制,可用特开平10-43570号说明书中记载的搅拌混合器进行。In the formation of emulsion particles, the preparation method of emulsion A was followed except that a silver iodide microparticle emulsion containing 0.4 mol % of iodide ions was added to the total amount of silver in the step of adding 80 to 81% of the total silver amount. The preparation of the silver iodide fine particle emulsion to be used can be carried out with a stirring mixer described in JP-A-10-43570.

(乳剂C的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion C)

在乳剂粒子形成中,在添加总银量的99~100%阶段中,相对于总银量添加0.4摩尔%的碘化钾水溶液,除此之外,按照乳剂A的调制方法。In the formation of emulsion particles, the preparation method of emulsion A was followed except that 0.4 mol % of potassium iodide aqueous solution was added to the total silver amount in the step of adding 99 to 100% of the total silver amount.

(乳剂D的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion D)

在乳剂粒子形成中,在添加总银量的94~95%阶段中,相对于总银量添加0.4摩尔%的碘化钾水溶液,除此之外,按照乳剂A的调制方法。In the formation of emulsion particles, the preparation method of emulsion A was followed except that 0.4 mol % of potassium iodide aqueous solution was added to the total silver amount in the step of adding 94 to 95% of the total silver amount.

(乳剂E的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion E)

在乳剂粒子形成中,在添加总银量的85~86%阶段中,相对于总银量添加0.4摩尔%的碘化钾水溶液,除此之外,按照乳剂A的调制方法。In the formation of emulsion particles, the preparation method of emulsion A was followed except that 0.4 mol % of potassium iodide aqueous solution was added to the total silver amount in the step of adding 85 to 86% of the total silver amount.

制作与实施例1中与试料B-1有以下不同的卤化银彩色照相感光材料的试料(101)。绿色和红色感性乳剂层中卤化银乳剂的分光增感色素,在各个中,对大尺寸乳剂、小尺寸乳剂都与实施例1的试料B-1相同,对每1摩尔卤化银的用量也为同量。在红色感性乳剂层中添加和实施例1的试料B-1同量的化合物I。A sample (101) of a silver halide color photographic photosensitive material differing from the sample B-1 in Example 1 in the following points was prepared. The spectrally sensitizing dyes of the silver halide emulsions in the green and red sensitive emulsion layers are the same as those of the sample B-1 of Example 1 for the large-size emulsion and the small-size emulsion, and the amount per 1 mole of silver halide is also the same. For the same amount. The same amount of Compound I as in Sample B-1 of Example 1 was added to the red sensitive emulsion layer.

和实施例1的不同点Differences from Example 1

只变动第一层、第三层和第五层的乳剂种类。Only the emulsion type of the first layer, the third layer and the fifth layer is changed.

第一层变更了乳剂A、第三层变更了氯溴化银乳剂Em-1(金硫增感的立方体、平均粒子尺寸0.45μm的大尺寸乳剂和0.35μm的小尺寸乳剂的1∶3混合物(银摩尔比)。粒子尺寸分布的变动系数为0.10和0.08,各尺寸乳剂在粒子表面附近含有0.15摩尔%的碘化银,粒子表面局部含有0.4摩尔%的溴化银)、第五层变更了氯溴化银乳剂Em-2(金硫增感的立方体、平均粒子尺寸0.40μm的大尺寸乳剂和0.30μm的小尺寸乳剂的5∶5混合物(银摩尔比)。粒子尺寸分布的变动系数分别为0.09和0.11。各尺寸乳剂在粒子表面附近含有0.1摩尔%的碘化银,在粒子表面局部含有0.8摩尔%的溴化银)。The first layer was changed to emulsion A, and the third layer was changed to silver chlorobromide emulsion Em-1 (a 1:3 mixture of gold-sulfur sensitized cube, a large-sized emulsion with an average particle size of 0.45 μm and a small-sized emulsion with an average particle size of 0.35 μm) (Silver molar ratio). The coefficient of variation of the particle size distribution is 0.10 and 0.08, and each size emulsion contains 0.15 mol % silver iodide near the particle surface, and the particle surface partially contains 0.4 mol % silver bromide), the fifth layer changed chlorine Silver bromide emulsion Em-2 (a gold-sulfur sensitized cube, a 5:5 mixture (silver molar ratio) of a large-size emulsion with an average particle size of 0.40 μm and a small-size emulsion of 0.30 μm. The coefficients of variation of the particle size distribution are respectively 0.09 and 0.11. Each size emulsion contained 0.1 mol% silver iodide near the particle surface and 0.8 mol% silver bromide locally on the particle surface).

同样,将试料(101)的乳剂A变更为乳剂B~E制作成试料(102)~(105)。Similarly, samples (102) to (105) were produced by changing emulsion A of sample (101) into emulsions B to E.

为研究这些试料的照相特性,进行以下实验。In order to investigate the photographic properties of these samples, the following experiments were carried out.

实验A:感光测定Experiment A: Sensitometric Assay

对各涂布试料,使用感光计(富士照相胶片(株)制FWH型),赋予感光测定用的灰度曝光。安装SP-1滤色片进行10秒钟的低照度曝光。To each coating sample, a sensitometer (FWH type manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) was used to give grayscale exposure for sensitometric measurement. A 10-second low-light exposure was performed with an SP-1 filter attached.

使用高照度曝光用感光计(山下电装(株)制HIE型),赋予感光测定用的灰度曝光,安装SP-1滤色片,进行10-4秒的高照度曝光。曝光后,进行实施例1中的发色显像处理A[处理A](不同的是制作流动液只使用上述感光材料101)。Using a sensitometer for high-illuminance exposure (Model HIE manufactured by Yamashita Denso Co., Ltd.), grayscale exposure for sensitometric measurement was applied, an SP-1 color filter was attached, and high-illuminance exposure was performed for 10 −4 seconds. After the exposure, the color development treatment A [treatment A] in Example 1 was carried out (the difference is that only the above-mentioned photosensitive material 101 was used to make the flow liquid).

测定处理后的各试料黄色发色浓度,分别求出乳剂A~E的被膜浓度、10秒曝光低照度感度、和10-4秒曝光高照度感度。感度规定具有赋予比最低发色浓度高1.0发色浓度的曝光量的反数,以将试料(101)的显像处理感度取为100时的对值表示。各乳剂的角落部分和主表面部分的碘化银比率(=利用分析电显法求出的角落部分碘化银含有率/利用ESCA法求出的主表面部分碘化银含有率)作为对照,这些结果一并示于表4。The yellow color density of each sample after the treatment was measured, and the film concentrations, 10-second exposure low-illumination sensitivity, and 10 -4 -second exposure high-illuminance sensitivity were obtained for emulsions A to E, respectively. The sensitivity is defined as the inverse number of the exposure amount that gives a color density higher than the minimum color density by 1.0, and is expressed as a logarithmic value when the developing sensitivity of the sample (101) is taken as 100. The silver iodide ratios (= silver iodide content at the corners obtained by the electroanalytical method / silver iodide content at the main surface obtained by the ESCA method) of the corners and the main surface of each emulsion were used as a control, and these results are shown together in Table 4.

[表4]   试料   乳剂   碘化银比率   被膜浓度   低照度感度   高照度感度   101   A(比较)   -   0.07   100   100   102   B(比较)   0.95   0.07   120   135   103   C(本发明)   2.1   0.11   210   220   104   D(本发明)   1.6   0.08   193   210   105   E(本发明)   1.2   0.07   150   170 [Table 4] sample emulsion silver iodide ratio Film concentration low light sensitivity high light sensitivity 101 A (comparison) - 0.07 100 100 102 B (comparison) 0.95 0.07 120 135 103 C (this invention) 2.1 0.11 210 220 104 D (this invention) 1.6 0.08 193 210 105 E (this invention) 1.2 0.07 150 170

从表4可知,本发明的氯碘化银乳剂感度更高,高照度的互易律特性很优良。在形成粒子98%之前,终结添加碘化物离子的本发明乳剂,图像清晰,而且是高感度的乳剂。It can be seen from Table 4 that the silver chloroiodide emulsion of the present invention has higher sensitivity and excellent reciprocity law characteristics of high illumination. Before forming 98% of the particles, the emulsion of the present invention to which iodide ions were added had a clear image and was a high-sensitivity emulsion.

实施例5Example 5

(乳剂F的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion F)

向石灰处理明胶的5%水溶液中加入5.6g氯化钠,再加入42.8ml 1N的硫酸、和1.1ml的N,N’-二甲基咪唑啉-2-硫羰(1%水溶液)。边搅拌边在61℃向该水溶液中添加混合含0.21摩尔硝酸银水溶液和含0.21摩尔氯化钠水溶液。继续保持61℃,边搅拌边添加混合含1.27摩尔硝酸银水溶液、含1.27摩尔氯化钠水溶液和每摩尔总银量含1×10-8摩尔K2[Ru(NO)Cl5]的过渡金属络合物水溶液,再边搅拌边添加混合含0.21摩尔硝酸银水溶液和含0.21摩尔氯化钠水溶液,继续边搅拌边添加混合含0.21摩尔硝酸银水溶液、含0.21摩尔氯化钠水溶液和每摩尔总银量含2×10-5摩尔K4[Ru(CN)5]的过渡金属络合物水溶液。再在61℃下,边搅拌边添加混合含0.02摩尔硝酸银水溶液和含0.02摩尔氯化钠水溶液。继续边搅拌边添加混合含0.11摩尔硝酸银水溶液、含0.11摩尔氯化钠水溶液和每摩尔总银量含2×10-8摩尔的K2[Ir(H2O)Cl5]过渡金属络合物水溶液,继续边搅拌边添加混合含0.04摩尔硝酸银水溶液、含0.04摩尔氯化钠水溶液和每摩尔总银量含4×10-8摩尔K2[IrCl6]的过渡金属络合物水溶液,继续边搅拌边在61℃下添加混合含0.04摩尔硝酸银水溶液和含0.04摩尔氯化钠水溶液。随后在40℃下进行沉降、水洗,实施除盐。再加入168.0g石灰处理明胶,将乳剂的pH和pAg分别调整为7.3和5.6。利用电子显微镜观察,粒子形状为立方体,平均粒子尺寸为0.62μm,变动系数为10%。To a 5% aqueous solution of limed gelatin was added 5.6 g of sodium chloride, followed by 42.8 ml of 1N sulfuric acid, and 1.1 ml of N,N'-dimethylimidazoline-2-thiocarbonate (1% aqueous solution). To this aqueous solution, an aqueous solution containing 0.21 mol of silver nitrate and an aqueous solution containing 0.21 mol of sodium chloride were added and mixed with stirring at 61°C. Continue to maintain 61°C, add and mix 1.27 moles of silver nitrate aqueous solution, 1.27 moles of sodium chloride aqueous solution and transition metals containing 1×10 -8 moles of K 2 [Ru(NO)Cl 5 ] per mole of total silver while stirring Complex aqueous solution, then add and mix the aqueous solution containing 0.21 mole of silver nitrate and the aqueous solution containing 0.21 mole of sodium chloride while stirring, continue to add and mix the aqueous solution containing 0.21 mole of silver nitrate, the aqueous solution containing 0.21 mole of sodium chloride and the total An aqueous transition metal complex solution containing 2×10 -5 moles of K 4 [Ru(CN) 5 ] in silver content. Then, at 61° C., an aqueous solution containing 0.02 mol of silver nitrate and an aqueous solution containing 0.02 mol of sodium chloride were added and mixed while stirring. Continue to add and mix the aqueous solution containing 0.11 moles of silver nitrate, the aqueous solution containing 0.11 moles of sodium chloride and the K 2 [Ir(H 2 O)Cl 5 ] transition metal complex containing 2×10 -8 moles per mole of total silver. Add and mix the aqueous solution containing 0.04 mole of silver nitrate, 0.04 mole of sodium chloride and 4×10 -8 moles of K 2 [IrCl 6 ] per mole of total silver while stirring, Continue to add and mix the aqueous solution containing 0.04 molar silver nitrate and the aqueous solution containing 0.04 molar sodium chloride at 61° C. while stirring. Subsequent sedimentation and water washing were carried out at 40°C, and desalination was carried out. Add 168.0 g of lime-treated gelatin to adjust the pH and pAg of the emulsion to 7.3 and 5.6, respectively. Observed by electron microscope, the particle shape is cubic, the average particle size is 0.62 μm, and the coefficient of variation is 10%.

向该乳剂中添加1.5×10-5摩尔/摩尔Ag的金增感剂(四氟硼酸金(I)=(1,4,5-三甲基-1,2,4-三唑-3-硫酸盐)、6×10-7摩尔/摩尔Ag的硫增感剂(硫代硫酸钠)、和2.3×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag和1.5×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag的实施例1中记载的兰色感性分光增感色素(A和B),在60℃进行适宜的化学增感和分光增感,再添加4.4×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag的1-(5-甲脲苯基)-5-巯基四唑。Add 1.5× 10-5 mol/mol Ag gold sensitizer (gold(I) tetrafluoroborate=(1,4,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-triazolium-3 -sulfate), 6× 10-7 mol/mol Ag sulfur sensitizer (sodium thiosulfate), and 2.3× 10-4 mol/mol Ag and 1.5× 10-4 mol/mol Ag in Example 1 The blue sensitivity and spectral sensitization pigments (A and B) recorded in , were properly chemically sensitized and spectrally sensitized at 60°C, and then 4.4×10 -4 mol/mol Ag of 1-(5-methylureabenzene was added base)-5-mercaptotetrazole.

(乳剂G的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion G)

乳剂粒子形中,在添加总银量的90~91%阶段中,相对于总银量添加0.6摩尔%的碘化钾水溶液,除此之外,按照乳剂F的调制方法。In the emulsion particle form, the preparation method of the emulsion F was followed except that 0.6 mol% of potassium iodide aqueous solution was added to the total silver amount in the step of adding 90 to 91% of the total silver amount.

(乳剂H的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion H)

除了不添加K2[IrCl6]过渡金属络合体之外,按照乳剂G的调制方法。The preparation method of Emulsion G was followed except that no K 2 [IrCl 6 ] transition metal complex was added.

层构成完全与实施例4相同,以乳剂F~H置换第一层的乳剂,制作试料(201)~(203)。对这些试料进行实施例4的实验A和下述实验B。The layer constitution was completely the same as in Example 4, and the emulsion of the first layer was replaced with emulsions F to H to prepare samples (201) to (203). Experiment A of Example 4 and Experiment B described below were carried out on these samples.

实验B:曝光后的潜像稳定性Experiment B: Latent Image Stability After Exposure

对于各试料,改变由上述10-4秒高照度曝光后到处理A的时间,进行感光测定,求出60分钟后处理和7秒钟后处理的感度差。这些结果示于表5。For each sample, the sensitometric measurement was performed by changing the time from the above-mentioned 10 -4 second high-illuminance exposure to the treatment A, and the sensitivity difference between the 60-minute post-treatment and the 7-second post-treatment was obtained. These results are shown in Table 5.

[表5]   试料   乳剂   被膜浓度   低照度感度   高照度感度  7秒后处理和60分后处理的感度差   201   F(比较)   0.07   100   100  25   202   G(本发明)   0.07   240   260  5   203   H(本发明)   0.07   235   235  10 [table 5] sample emulsion Film concentration low light sensitivity high light sensitivity Sensitivity difference between 7-second post-processing and 60-minute post-processing 201 F (comparison) 0.07 100 100 25 202 G (this invention) 0.07 240 260 5 203 H (this invention) 0.07 235 235 10

从表5可知,本发明的氯碘化银乳剂感度很高,是低灰雾乳剂,而且曝光后的潜像稳定性很优良。It can be seen from Table 5 that the silver chloroiodide emulsion of the present invention has high sensitivity, is a low fog emulsion, and has excellent latent image stability after exposure.

实施例6Example 6

(乳剂I的调制)(modulation of emulsion I)

以实施例5中记载的乳剂F调制法为基础,除了添加N,N’-二甲基咪唑啉-2-硫羰(1%水溶液)外,进行同样的粒子形成。用电子显微镜照相观察,粒子形状是立方体的,平均粒子尺寸为0.38μm,变动系数为8%。Based on the emulsion F preparation method described in Example 5, the same particle formation was performed except that N,N'-dimethylimidazoline-2-thiono (1% aqueous solution) was added. Observed by electron microscope, the particle shape is cubic, the average particle size is 0.38 μm, and the coefficient of variation is 8%.

向该乳剂中添加2.4×10-5摩尔/摩尔Ag的金增感剂(四氟硼酸金(I)=(1,4,5-三甲基-1,2,4-三唑-3-硫酸盐))、1×10-7摩尔/摩尔Ag的硫增感剂(硫代硫酸钠)、和3.6×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag、7.0×10-5摩尔/摩尔Ag和2.8×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag的实施例1中记载的绿色感性分光增感色素(D,E和F),在60℃进行适宜的化学增感和分光增感,再添加4.4×10-4摩尔/摩尔Ag的1-(5-甲脲苯基)-5-巯基四唑。Add 2.4× 10-5 mol/mol Ag gold sensitizer (gold(I) tetrafluoroborate=(1,4,5-trimethyl-1,2,4-triazolium-3 -sulfate)), 1×10 -7 mol/mol Ag sulfur sensitizer (sodium thiosulfate), and 3.6×10 -4 mol/mol Ag, 7.0×10 -5 mol/mol Ag and 2.8× 10 -4 mol/mol Ag of the green sensitivity and spectral sensitization pigments (D, E and F) described in Example 1, carry out appropriate chemical sensitization and spectral sensitization at 60°C, and then add 4.4×10 -4 mol 1-(5-methylureaphenyl)-5-mercaptotetrazole per mole of Ag.

(乳剂J的调制)(Preparation of Emulsion J)

乳剂粒子形成中,在添加总银量的90~91%阶段中,添加0.002摩尔的碘化钾水溶液,除此之外,按照乳剂I的调制方法。In the formation of emulsion particles, the preparation method of emulsion I was followed except that 0.002 mol of potassium iodide aqueous solution was added in the step of adding 90 to 91% of the total silver amount.

(乳剂K的调制)(modulation of emulsion K)

除了不添加K2[IrCl6]过渡金属络合体之外,按照乳剂J的调制方法。The preparation method of Emulsion J was followed except that no K 2 [IrCl 6 ] transition metal complex was added.

在实施例5的层构成中,将第三层的绿色感性乳剂Em-1置换成上述乳剂I~K,制作试料(301)~(303)。对于这些试料实施和实施例5相同的处理,测定处理后各试料的深红色发色浓度,进行实施例4,5的实验A和B的评价。结果一并示于表6。In the layer constitution of Example 5, the green sensitive emulsion Em-1 of the third layer was replaced with the above-mentioned emulsions I to K to prepare samples (301) to (303). These samples were subjected to the same treatment as in Example 5, and the magenta color density of each sample after the treatment was measured, and the evaluations of Experiments A and B of Examples 4 and 5 were performed. The results are shown in Table 6 together.

[表6]   试料   乳剂   被膜浓度   低照度感度   高照度感度  7秒后处理和60分后处理的感度差   301   I(比较)   0.07   100   100  22   302   J(本发明)   0.07   180   202  4   303   K(本发明)   0.07   179   185  8 [Table 6] sample emulsion Film concentration low light sensitivity high light sensitivity Sensitivity difference between 7-second post-processing and 60-minute post-processing 301 I (comparison) 0.07 100 100 twenty two 302 J (this invention) 0.07 180 202 4 303 K (this invention) 0.07 179 185 8

从表6可知,本发明的氯碘化银乳剂感度很高,是低灰雾乳剂,而且曝光后的潜像稳定性优良。It can be seen from Table 6 that the silver chloroiodide emulsion of the present invention has high sensitivity, is a low fog emulsion, and has excellent latent image stability after exposure.

实施例7Example 7

按如下改变层构成,调制薄层化的试料,对这些试料进行实施例4的实验A和实施例5的实验B。The layer configuration was changed as follows to prepare thinner samples, and Experiment A of Example 4 and Experiment B of Example 5 were carried out on these samples.

层构成以试料(401)示出。试料(402)、(403)是将试料(401)的乳剂F分别变更成乳剂G和H的试料。The layer configuration is shown as a sample (401). Samples (402) and (403) are samples obtained by changing the emulsion F of the sample (401) into emulsions G and H, respectively.

结果与实施例4的结果相同,从该结果可以确认薄层化的试料即使用超快速处理也能实现本发明的效果。The results were the same as those of Example 4, and it was confirmed from the results that the effect of the present invention can be achieved even with ultra-fast processing of the thinned sample.

试料401的制作Production of sample 401

卤化银感光材料的试料401,是在实施例2的试料G-1中,只按如下变更第一层、第三层和第五层中的卤化银乳剂种类。Sample 401 of the silver halide photosensitive material is the sample G-1 of Example 2, only the types of silver halide emulsions in the first layer, third layer and fifth layer were changed as follows.

第一层变更了乳剂F、第三层变更了Em-1、第五层变更了Em-2。Em-1和Em-2是和实施例4中记载的卤化银乳剂相同的乳剂。The first layer was changed to Emulsion F, the third layer was changed to Em-1, and the fifth layer was changed to Em-2. Em-1 and Em-2 are the same emulsions as the silver halide emulsion described in Example 4.

制作的各个试料,进行与实施例4的实验A和实施例5的实验B一样的曝光,发色显像处理按照实施例2的显像处理B[处理B](流动液的制作不同的是只使用实施例7的感光材料),进行超快速处理。Each sample made was subjected to the same exposure as experiment A of embodiment 4 and experiment B of embodiment 5, and the color development process was according to the development process B [processing B] of embodiment 2 (the making of flowing liquid is different Only using the photosensitive material of Example 7) for ultra-fast processing.

实施例8Example 8

使用试料(401)~(403),利用激光扫描曝光进行成像。Using samples (401) to (403), imaging was performed by laser scanning exposure.

作为激光光源,通过具有反转畴光构造的LiNbO3的SHG结晶使以半导体激光GaAlAs(振荡波长808.5nm)作为激励光源的YAG固体激光(振荡波长946nm)进行波长转换取出的473nm、和通过具有反转畴光构造的LiNbO3的SHG结晶对将以半导体激光GaAlAs(振荡波长808.7nm)作为激励光源的YVO4固体激光(振荡波长1064nm),进行波长转换取出的532nm、和AlGaInP(振荡波长约680nm:松下电产制型No.LN9R20)。3种颜色的各种激光的光线,由多角棱镜,相对于扫描方向作垂直方向移动,在试料上可依次扫描曝光。半导体激光受温度影响引起的光量变动,利用佩尔蒂元件抑制,可保持恒定的温度。实际有效的光束径为80μm,扫描间距为42.3μm(600dpi),每1个画素的平均曝光时间为1.7×10-7秒。As the laser light source, YAG solid-state laser (oscillation wavelength 946nm) with semiconductor laser GaAlAs (oscillation wavelength 808.5nm) as the excitation light source is converted to 473nm by SHG crystal of LiNbO 3 with inversion domain optical structure, and The SHG crystal of LiNbO 3 with an inverted domain optical structure converts the wavelength of the YVO 4 solid-state laser (oscillation wavelength 1064nm) that uses the semiconductor laser GaAlAs (oscillation wavelength 808.7nm) as the excitation light source to 532nm and AlGaInP (oscillation wavelength approx. 680nm: Panasonic Corporation Model No. LN9R20). The light beams of various lasers of three colors are moved vertically by the polygonal prism relative to the scanning direction, and can be scanned and exposed sequentially on the sample. Fluctuations in the light intensity of the semiconductor laser due to the influence of temperature are suppressed by the Peltier element, and a constant temperature can be maintained. The actual effective beam diameter is 80 μm, the scanning pitch is 42.3 μm (600 dpi), and the average exposure time per pixel is 1.7×10 -7 seconds.

曝光后,利用发色显像处理B进行处理,得到与实施例5中高照度曝光相同的结果,本发明的试料(402)、(403)显示出很高的感度,可知适用于用激光扫描曝光的成像。After the exposure, the chromogenic development treatment B was used to obtain the same result as the high-illuminance exposure in Example 5. The samples (402) and (403) of the present invention showed very high sensitivity, which shows that they are suitable for use in laser scanning. Exposure imaging.

本发明效果Effect of the invention

根据本发明,即使用像激光扫描曝光一类的数字曝光,也能得到高感度,硬调灰度的卤化银乳剂和使用它的卤化银照相感光材料。进而根据本发明,能获得潜像保存性、曝光依赖温湿度性优良的卤化银乳剂和使用它的卤化银照相感光材料。进而利用本发明的卤化银照相乳剂,可获得高感度、低灰雾、以高照度的互易律特性优良的,而且直到曝光后处理时感度和灰度随时间变化很小的效果。According to the present invention, even with digital exposure such as laser scanning exposure, a high-sensitivity, hard-graded silver halide emulsion and a silver halide photographic photosensitive material using the same can be obtained. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to obtain a silver halide emulsion excellent in latent image preservation and exposure temperature-humidity dependence and a silver halide photographic photosensitive material using the same. Furthermore, the silver halide photographic emulsion of the present invention can obtain high sensitivity, low fog, excellent reciprocity law characteristics at high illuminance, and the effect that sensitivity and gradation changes little with time until post-exposure processing.

Claims (11)

1, a kind of silver emulsion, be to form at 90 moles of silver halide particles more than the % by the silver chloride containing ratio, it is characterized in that the maximum containing ratio of silver iodide of the corner portions located of this silver halide particle is higher than the silver iodide containing ratio of this particle first type surface part, and above-mentioned silver halide particle contains 1 at least with H 2O, OH, O, OCN, thiazole or displacement thiazole are made dentate, all the other dentates are formed, are 6 ligand complex bodies of central metal with Ir by Cl, Br or I.
2, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, it is characterized in that above-mentioned silver halide particle is cube or 14 body particles.
3, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, the electronics release time that it is characterized in that above-mentioned silver halide particle is from 10 -5Second was by 10 seconds.
4, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, the sub-image oxidizing potential that it is characterized in that above-mentioned silver emulsion is than 70mV height.
5, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, it is characterized in that above-mentioned silver emulsion carries out golden sensitizing.
6,, it is characterized in that above-mentioned silver emulsion is the complexing stability constant log β with colloidal aurosulfo or gold according to the silver emulsion of claim 5 record 2Be that 21~35 golden sensitizer carries out golden sensitizing.
7, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, it is characterized in that the first type surface of above-mentioned silver halide particle is made of (100) face.
8, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, it is characterized in that carrying out beam split sensitizing with three methine anthocyanidins.
9, according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record, the containing ratio that it is characterized in that iodide ion is 0.06 mole more than the % with respect to total silver amount of total emulsion particles.
10,, it is characterized in that the iodide ion containing ratio is 0.1 mole more than the % with respect to total silver amount of total emulsion particles according to the silver emulsion of claim 1 record.
11, a kind of silver halide photographic sensitive material is characterized in that containing the silver emulsion that claim 1 is put down in writing.
CNB021186944A 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic photosensitive material Expired - Lifetime CN1299162C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2001096136A JP4280430B2 (en) 2001-03-29 2001-03-29 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide color photographic material using the same
JP200109613 2001-03-29
JP096136/01 2001-03-29
JP154529/01 2001-05-23
JP200115452 2001-05-23

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2006100910002A Division CN1873529B (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide color photographic sensitive material

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1379283A CN1379283A (en) 2002-11-13
CN1299162C true CN1299162C (en) 2007-02-07

Family

ID=18950088

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2006100910002A Expired - Fee Related CN1873529B (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide color photographic sensitive material
CNB021186944A Expired - Lifetime CN1299162C (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic photosensitive material

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2006100910002A Expired - Fee Related CN1873529B (en) 2001-03-29 2002-03-28 Silver halide emulsion and silver halide color photographic sensitive material

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4280430B2 (en)
CN (2) CN1873529B (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0513748A1 (en) * 1991-05-14 1992-11-19 Konica Corporation Silver halide color photographic light sensitive material
JPH07134352A (en) * 1993-11-08 1995-05-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Production of silver halide photographic sensitive material
US5496689A (en) * 1989-08-29 1996-03-05 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Silver halide color photographic materials
US5518872A (en) * 1994-11-09 1996-05-21 Eastman Kodak Company Emulsion and photographic element
JPH0996887A (en) * 1995-10-02 1997-04-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide photographic emulsion, its production, silver halide photosensitive material and processing method therefor
US6017690A (en) * 1998-03-26 2000-01-25 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Silver halide photographic material and method of forming images using the same
JP2000122249A (en) * 1998-10-09 2000-04-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image forming method by color diffusion transfer method
JP2000194086A (en) * 1998-12-29 2000-07-14 Eastman Kodak Co Photographic element
EP1033616A1 (en) * 1999-03-01 2000-09-06 Konica Corporation Silver halide emulsion

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5496689A (en) * 1989-08-29 1996-03-05 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Silver halide color photographic materials
EP0513748A1 (en) * 1991-05-14 1992-11-19 Konica Corporation Silver halide color photographic light sensitive material
JPH07134352A (en) * 1993-11-08 1995-05-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Production of silver halide photographic sensitive material
US5518872A (en) * 1994-11-09 1996-05-21 Eastman Kodak Company Emulsion and photographic element
JPH0996887A (en) * 1995-10-02 1997-04-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Silver halide photographic emulsion, its production, silver halide photosensitive material and processing method therefor
US6017690A (en) * 1998-03-26 2000-01-25 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Silver halide photographic material and method of forming images using the same
JP2000122249A (en) * 1998-10-09 2000-04-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Image forming method by color diffusion transfer method
JP2000194086A (en) * 1998-12-29 2000-07-14 Eastman Kodak Co Photographic element
EP1033616A1 (en) * 1999-03-01 2000-09-06 Konica Corporation Silver halide emulsion

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1873529B (en) 2010-11-24
CN1379283A (en) 2002-11-13
CN1873529A (en) 2006-12-06
JP4280430B2 (en) 2009-06-17
JP2002296718A (en) 2002-10-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1262880C (en) Dye forming type colouring agent, silver halide photographic photosensitive material, method for prepn. of methyl amine dye
CN1221850C (en) Silver halide emulsion, preparation method thereof, silver halide color photographic photosensitive material using same, and image forming method
CN1299162C (en) Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photographic photosensitive material
CN1211703C (en) Silver halide emulsions, and color photographic sensitive materials therefrom and imaging method
CN1173228C (en) Silver halide emulsion, production process of silver halide emulsion, silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material and image formation method
CN1356589A (en) Silve halide emulsion and photosensitive silve halide material
US7238465B2 (en) Silver halide color photographic photosensitive material and image forming method utilizing the same
CN1266539C (en) Silver halide emulsion and silver halide photosensitive material
CN1302335C (en) Silver halide emulsion, and color camera photosensitizer contg. same
CN1207624C (en) Silver halide emulsion and silver halide colour photographic material
CN1231811C (en) Color photosensitive silver halide material and method for forming image
CN1315675A (en) Silver halides emulsions, silver halides colour photographic sensitive material and imaging method
CN1530742A (en) Silver halide emulsionand silver halide color camera photosensitive material
CN1221851C (en) Silver halide photographic material
CN1227566C (en) Silver halide emulsion, colour photo sensitive material and imaging method thereof
CN1266540C (en) Silver halide color photographic material and image forming method
CN1432864A (en) Silver halide emulsion and manufacturing method thereof, silver halide photosensitive material and imaging method thereof
CN1202442C (en) Silver halide colour photographic sensitive material
CN101048699A (en) Silver halide color light-sensitive material
CN1519645A (en) Silver-halide emulsion, its prepn. method, and silver-halide photograph material
CN101069128A (en) Silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material
CN1667504A (en) Silver halide emulsion and silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material
CN1517788A (en) Silver halide emulsions and silver halide photographic material
CN1201201C (en) Colour coupler and silver halide colour photographic photosensitive material
CN1199085C (en) Silver halides photochromy sensitive material and image forming method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
ASS Succession or assignment of patent right

Owner name: FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.

Free format text: FORMER OWNER: FUJIFILM HOLDINGS CORP.

Effective date: 20070629

C41 Transfer of patent application or patent right or utility model
C56 Change in the name or address of the patentee

Owner name: FUJIFILM HOLDINGS CORP.

Free format text: FORMER NAME OR ADDRESS: FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.

CP03 Change of name, title or address

Address after: Kanagawa

Patentee after: Fujifilm Corp.

Address before: Kanagawa

Patentee before: FUJIFILM Corp.

TR01 Transfer of patent right

Effective date of registration: 20070629

Address after: Tokyo, Japan, the west side of the linen linen two, No. 4, No. 26, No. 30

Patentee after: FUJIFILM Corp.

Address before: Kanagawa

Patentee before: Fujifilm Corp.

CX01 Expiry of patent term

Granted publication date: 20070207

CX01 Expiry of patent term